WO2023243414A1 - Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device - Google Patents

Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023243414A1
WO2023243414A1 PCT/JP2023/020455 JP2023020455W WO2023243414A1 WO 2023243414 A1 WO2023243414 A1 WO 2023243414A1 JP 2023020455 W JP2023020455 W JP 2023020455W WO 2023243414 A1 WO2023243414 A1 WO 2023243414A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
resin
compounds
pigment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/020455
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
俊佑 柳
憲晃 佐藤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2023243414A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023243414A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition containing a coloring material.
  • the present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using the resin composition.
  • optical filters such as color filters are manufactured using a resin composition containing a coloring material and a resin.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition with excellent storage stability. Further, an object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device.
  • the present invention provides the following.
  • a coloring material containing a pigment, resin and A compound represented by formula (1) which has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 3000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, and has a molecular weight of 475 or less.
  • a resin composition comprising;
  • a 1 represents a group containing an acid group or a basic group
  • X 1 represents a urea group, thiourea group, urethane group, thiourethane group or amide group
  • L 1 represents an n-valent group
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 4.
  • ⁇ 2> The resin composition according to ⁇ 1>, wherein X 1 in the above formula (1) is a urea group.
  • ⁇ 3> The resin composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein A 1 in the above formula (1) is a group containing a basic group.
  • ⁇ 4> The resin composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein A 1 in formula (1) is a group represented by formula (A20); A20 - L20 -...(A20) In formula (A20), A 20 represents a basic group, and L 20 represents an alkylene group.
  • n in the above formula (1) is 1, L 1 is a polycyclic aromatic ring group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms, or a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, ⁇
  • the pigment is any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, including at least one selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, pteridine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments.
  • the resin composition described in . ⁇ 8> A film obtained using the resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>.
  • An optical filter comprising the film according to ⁇ 8>.
  • a solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to ⁇ 8>.
  • An image display device including the film according to ⁇ 8>.
  • a resin composition with excellent storage stability can be provided. Furthermore, a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device can be provided.
  • is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit and an upper limit.
  • the description that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group).
  • the term "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • the light used for exposure include actinic rays or radiation such as the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • (meth)acrylate” represents acrylate and/or methacrylate
  • (meth)acrylic represents both acrylic and/or methacrylic
  • (meth)acrylate” represents acrylic and/or methacrylate.
  • Acryloyl refers to acryloyl and/or methacryloyl.
  • Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are polystyrene equivalent values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • the term "process” is used not only to refer to an independent process, but also to include a process in which the intended effect of the process is achieved even if the process cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
  • the resin composition of the present invention is A coloring material containing a pigment, resin and A compound represented by formula (1), which has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 3000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, and has a molecular weight of 475 or less ( (hereinafter also referred to as a specific compound), It is characterized by including.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can improve the dispersibility of the pigment in the resin composition and suppress the increase in viscosity of the resin composition over time. Therefore, the resin composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability. It is presumed that the reason why such an effect is obtained is as follows.
  • the above-mentioned specific compound contains a functional group selected from a urea group, a thiourea group, a urethane group, a thiourethane group, and an amide group, so this functional group and the pigment interact through hydrogen bonding, and the specific compound is formed on the surface of the pigment. It is assumed that the specific compound is strongly adsorbed and exists near the pigment in the resin composition.
  • the specific compound since the specific compound further has a group containing an acid group or a basic group, it is assumed that these groups included in the specific compound interact with the resin. Therefore, a strong network structure between the pigment, the specific compound, and the resin is formed in the resin composition, which suppresses aggregation of the pigment, and as a result, increases in the viscosity of the resin composition over time. It is presumed that this is because it was able to be suppressed.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can suppress pigment aggregation with the above-mentioned specific compound, it also has excellent pigment dispersibility and can also suppress the generation of coarse particles.
  • the resin composition of the present invention When a pattern is formed by photolithography using the resin composition of the present invention, generation of development residues can also be suppressed.
  • the reason for this effect is that the above-mentioned specific compounds are strongly adsorbed on the surface of the pigment through hydrogen bonding, which enhances the emulsifying effect of the pigment during development and efficiently removes the resin composition in the unexposed areas. It is assumed that this is because it could not be removed by development. For these reasons, the resin composition of the present invention can also suppress the generation of development residues.
  • the resin composition of the present invention has excellent developability, and furthermore, since the above-mentioned specific compound contained in the resin composition has excellent transparency, the resin composition of the present invention can be used on a support on which pixels are formed.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a resin composition for optical filters.
  • the optical filter include color filters, near-infrared transmission filters, near-infrared cut filters, etc., and color filters are preferred.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, it is preferably used as a resin composition for an optical filter used in a solid-state imaging device, and more preferably used as a resin composition for forming colored pixels in a color filter used in a solid-state imaging device.
  • color filters include filters that have colored pixels that transmit light of a specific wavelength.
  • colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, yellow pixels, etc., and red pixels are more preferable.
  • the colored pixels of the color filter can be formed using a resin composition containing a chromatic coloring material.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter preferably exists in a wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm, more preferably exists in a wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and even more preferably exists in a wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm.
  • the transmittance of the near-infrared cut filter over the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more.
  • the transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm is preferably 20% or less.
  • the ratio of the absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter to the absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500. , more preferably from 70 to 450, particularly preferably from 100 to 400.
  • the near-infrared cut filter can be formed using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing coloring material.
  • a near-infrared transmission filter is a filter that transmits at least a portion of near-infrared rays.
  • the near-infrared transmitting filter is preferably a filter that blocks at least a portion of visible light and transmits at least a portion of near-infrared rays.
  • the near-infrared transmission filter has a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm, and a transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm.
  • Preferred examples include filters that satisfy spectral characteristics with a minimum value of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
  • the maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less).
  • 70% or more preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • the resin composition of the present invention can also be used for light-shielding films and the like.
  • the solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a coloring material.
  • coloring materials include white coloring materials, black coloring materials, chromatic coloring materials, and near-infrared absorbing coloring materials.
  • the white coloring material includes not only pure white but also a light gray coloring material close to white (for example, grayish white, light gray, etc.).
  • the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention is one containing a pigment.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but organic pigments are preferable from the viewpoints of large color variations, ease of dispersion, safety, and the like. Further, the pigment preferably contains at least one selected from chromatic pigments and near-infrared absorbing pigments, and more preferably contains chromatic pigments.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment using a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circular equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 pigment primary particles.
  • the primary particles of pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
  • the crystallite size determined from the half-value width of the peak derived from any crystal plane in the X-ray diffraction spectrum when the CuK ⁇ ray of the pigment is used as the X-ray source is preferably 0.1 to 100 nm, and preferably 0.1 to 100 nm. It is more preferably from 5 to 50 nm, even more preferably from 1 to 30 nm, and particularly preferably from 5 to 25 nm.
  • the specific surface area of the pigment is preferably 1 to 300 m 2 /g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less.
  • the value of the specific surface area is determined according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption according to the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method. (Measurement of specific surface area of solids).
  • the colorant is selected from the group consisting of phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, pteridine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, azo pigments and azomethine pigments. It preferably contains at least one kind, and more preferably contains at least one kind selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, pteridine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments.
  • the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention may further contain a dye.
  • a dye When a dye is included, the content of the dye is preferably 10 to 100 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the pigment.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 70 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 40 parts by mass or more. Only one type of dye may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. Further, it is also preferable that the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention is substantially free of dye. According to this aspect, a film with excellent light resistance and heat resistance can be formed. "Substantially free of dye” means that the content of dye in the coloring material is 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and more preferably no content. .
  • chromatic coloring materials include coloring materials having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. Examples include yellow coloring material, orange coloring material, red coloring material, green coloring material, purple coloring material, blue coloring material, and the like.
  • the chromatic color material is preferably a pigment (chromatic pigment), more preferably a red pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment, and still more preferably a red pigment and a blue pigment. Specific examples of chromatic pigments include those shown below.
  • red colorants examples include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds, etc. It is preferably a compound, and more preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. Moreover, it is preferable that the red coloring material is a pigment.
  • red coloring materials include C. I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, Examples include red pigments such as 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297, and the like.
  • red coloring material a compound described in paragraph number 0034 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and a brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in JP-A No. 2020-085947 can also be used.
  • C. I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272 are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 and 272 are more preferred.
  • the green coloring material examples include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, preferably phthalocyanine compounds, and more preferably phthalocyanine pigments. Moreover, it is preferable that the green coloring material is a pigment.
  • a specific example of the green coloring material is C. I.
  • examples include green pigments such as Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66.
  • halogenated zinc phthalocyanine has an average number of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in one molecule.
  • Pigments can also be used.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720.
  • the compound described in paragraph number 0029 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in JP 2020-070426, etc. can also be used.
  • C. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62, 63 are preferred; I. Pigment Green 36 and 58 are more preferred. used.
  • a specific example of the orange coloring material is C. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. orange pigments.
  • yellow colorants examples include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds.
  • Specific examples of yellow colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166
  • an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.
  • a specific example of the purple coloring material is C. I.
  • Examples include purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
  • C. I. Pigment Blue 1 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc.
  • examples include pigments.
  • an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as a blue coloring material. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
  • Diarylmethane compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-504758 can also be used as the green coloring material or the blue coloring material.
  • Pyrrolopyrrole pigments include those whose crystallite size in the plane direction corresponding to the maximum peak in the X-ray diffraction pattern among the eight ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1) crystal lattice planes is 140 ⁇ or less. It is also preferable to use Further, the physical properties of the pyrrolopyrrole pigment are also preferably set as described in paragraph numbers 0028 to 0073 of JP-A-2020-097744.
  • the pigment it is also preferable to use a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having a Raman spectrum described in Japanese Patent No. 6744002 from the viewpoint of improving spectral characteristics. Further, as the pigment, it is also preferable to use a dioxazine pigment with a controlled contact angle described in International Publication No. 2019/107166 from the viewpoint of viscosity adjustment.
  • Dyes can also be used as chromatic coloring materials. There are no particular restrictions on the dye, and known dyes can be used. For example, pyrazole azo series, anilinoazo series, triarylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxonol series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine series, xanthene series, Examples include phthalocyanine-based, benzopyran-based, indigo-based, and pyrromethene-based dyes.
  • a pigment multimer can also be used as a chromatic coloring material.
  • the dye multimer is preferably a dye that is dissolved in a solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • the dye multimer in a particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A No. 2015-214682.
  • the dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less.
  • the plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may be the same dye structure or may be different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less.
  • Dye multimers are described in JP 2011-213925, JP 2013-041097, JP 2015-028144, JP 2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
  • triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compounds described in JP 2020-117638, and International Publication No. 2020/174991 are also used.
  • the phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A No. 2020-160279 or a salt thereof, the compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Published Patent No. 10-2020-0069442, Korean Published Patent No. 10 Compounds represented by formula 1 described in -2020-0069730, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean published patent No. 10-2020-0069070, Korean published patent No. 10-2020-0069067 Compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No.
  • chromatic coloring material may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, the rod-like structure, or both structures.
  • a chromatic coloring agent As a chromatic coloring agent, a quinophthalone compound represented by formula 1 of Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, a polymer dye described in Korean Publication Patent No. 10-2020-0061793, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2022-029701. You may use the coloring agent described in WO 2022/014635, the isoindoline compound described in WO 2022/024926, and the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2022/024926.
  • Two or more chromatic color materials may be used in combination. Furthermore, when two or more chromatic coloring materials are used in combination, black may be formed by a combination of two or more chromatic coloring materials. Examples of such combinations include the following embodiments (1) to (7).
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be used to form a near-infrared transmission filter. It can be preferably used as a resin composition for. (1) Embodiment containing a red coloring material and a blue coloring material. (2) An embodiment containing a red coloring material, a blue coloring material, and a yellow coloring material.
  • An embodiment containing a red coloring material, a blue coloring material, a yellow coloring material, and a purple coloring material An embodiment containing a red coloring material, a blue coloring material, a yellow coloring material, a purple coloring material, and a green coloring material.
  • An embodiment containing a red coloring material, a blue coloring material, a yellow coloring material, and a green coloring material An embodiment containing a red coloring material, a blue coloring material, and a green coloring material.
  • An embodiment containing a yellow coloring material and a purple coloring material An embodiment containing a yellow coloring material and a purple coloring material.
  • White coloring materials include titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples include hollow resin particles and inorganic pigments (white pigments) such as zinc sulfide.
  • the white pigment is preferably particles containing titanium atoms, and more preferably titanium oxide.
  • the white pigment is a particle having a refractive index of 2.10 or more with respect to light with a wavelength of 589 nm.
  • the above-mentioned refractive index is preferably 2.10 to 3.00, more preferably 2.50 to 2.75.
  • titanium oxide described in "Titanium oxide physical properties and applied technology, Manabu Seino, pages 13-45, published June 25, 1991, published by Gihodo Publishing" can also be used.
  • the white pigment is not only made of a single inorganic substance, but also particles made of a composite with other materials may be used. For example, particles with pores or other materials inside, particles with a core particle attached to a large number of inorganic particles, and core/shell composite particles with a core particle made of polymer particles and a shell layer made of inorganic nanoparticles are used. It is preferable.
  • the core and shell composite particles consisting of a core particle consisting of a polymer particle and a shell layer consisting of an inorganic nanoparticle for example, the description in paragraphs 0012 to 0042 of JP 2015-047520A can be referred to, This content is incorporated herein.
  • Hollow inorganic particles can also be used as the white pigment.
  • a hollow inorganic particle is an inorganic particle having a structure that has a cavity inside, and is an inorganic particle having a cavity surrounded by an outer shell.
  • Examples of hollow inorganic particles include hollow inorganic particles described in JP2011-075786A, WO2013/061621A, JP2015-164881A, etc., the contents of which are not incorporated herein. It will be done.
  • the black coloring material is not particularly limited, and any known material can be used.
  • examples of the inorganic black coloring material include inorganic pigments (black pigments) such as carbon black, titanium black, and graphite, with carbon black and titanium black being preferred, and titanium black being more preferred.
  • Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms, and lower titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride are preferable.
  • the surface of titanium black can be modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility, suppressing agglomeration, and the like. For example, it is possible to coat the surface of titanium black with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide. Furthermore, treatment with a water-repellent substance as disclosed in JP-A No.
  • 2007-302836 is also possible.
  • a black pigment C. I. Pigment Black 1, 7, etc.
  • the titanium black has a small primary particle size and an average primary particle size of each particle. Specifically, it is preferable that the average primary particle diameter is 10 to 45 nm.
  • Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, there may be mentioned a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles, in which the content ratio of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion is adjusted to a range of 0.20 to 0.50.
  • titanium blacks examples include Titanium Black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13MC, 13R-N, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilac D ( Product name: Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.).
  • organic black coloring materials include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds.
  • bisbenzofuranone compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-534726, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515233, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515234, and for example, as "Irgaphor Black” manufactured by BASF. available.
  • perylene compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0020 of JP-A No. 2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like.
  • Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601 and JP-A-02-034664, and are available as "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichiseika Kaisha, Ltd., for example. Further, as a black coloring material, a black organic pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6985715, Lumogen Black FK4280, Paliogen Black S0084 (manufactured by BASF) may be used.
  • the coloring material used in the resin composition of the present invention may be only the above-mentioned black coloring material, or may further include a chromatic coloring material. According to this aspect, it is easy to obtain a resin composition that can form a film with excellent light-shielding properties in the visible region.
  • Preferred combinations of black coloring materials and chromatic coloring materials include, for example, the following.
  • the ratio is preferably 100:15 to 85:15 to 80, even more preferably 100:20 to 80:20 to 70.
  • the near-infrared absorbing coloring material is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength of 700 nm.
  • the near-infrared absorbing coloring material is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a range of more than 700 nm and 1800 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a range of more than 700 nm and 1400 nm.
  • a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a range of more than 700 nm and 1200 nm or less is more preferable, and a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a range of more than 700 nm and 1000 nm or less is particularly preferable.
  • the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared absorbing coloring material is preferably 0.08 or less, and more preferably 0.04 or less. preferable.
  • the near-infrared absorbing coloring material is preferably a pigment, and more preferably an organic pigment.
  • Near-infrared absorbing coloring materials include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, and pyrromethene compounds. , azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like. Specific examples of these include compounds described in paragraph number 0114 of International Publication No. 2022/065215.
  • the compound described in paragraph number 0121 of International Publication No. 2022/065215 the compound described in paragraph number 0121 of International Publication No. 2022/065215, the squarylium compound described in JP 2020-075959, Korean Published Patent No. 10-2019-0135217 Copper complexes described in the publication, croconic acid compounds described in JP 2021-195515, and near-infrared absorbing dyes described in JP 2022-022070 can also be used.
  • the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, even more preferably 40% by mass or more, and 50% by mass. It is particularly preferable that it is above.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the content of pigment in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 45% by mass or more, and even more preferably 55% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 77.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 75% by mass or less. According to the resin composition of the present invention, even when the pigment content is high, the storage stability is excellent, so that the effects of the present invention are more prominently exhibited when the pigment content is high.
  • the content of pigment in the coloring material is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 100% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments in a resin composition or for use as a binder.
  • a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments and the like in a resin composition is also referred to as a dispersant.
  • this use of the resin is just an example, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than this use.
  • the resin examples include (meth)acrylic resin, epoxy resin, (meth)acrylamide resin, ene thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, and polyarylene.
  • examples include ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, and siloxane resin.
  • the resins include the resin described in the examples of International Publication No.
  • Polyisocyanate resin resin described in JP 2020-122052, resin described in JP 2020-111656, resin described in JP 2020-139021, JP 2017-138503 Resin containing a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain described in JP-A-2020-186373, resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP-A No. 2020-186325 Alkali-soluble resins described in the publication, resins represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339, copolymers containing epoxy groups and acid groups described in International Publication No. 2022/030445 You can also use
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
  • the resin it is preferable to use a resin having acid groups.
  • the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • a resin having an acid group it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • the acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000. Further, the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
  • the resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group in its side chain, and more preferably contains 5 to 70 mol% of repeating units having an acid group in its side chain based on the total repeating units of the resin.
  • the upper limit of the content of repeating units having acid groups in their side chains is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of repeating units having acid groups in their side chains is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more.
  • a resin having a basic group can also be used.
  • a 1 in formula (1) is a group containing an acid group as the specific compound described later, it is preferable to use a resin having a basic group as the resin. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • the resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in its side chain, and a resin having a repeating unit having a basic group in its side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group.
  • a polymer is more preferable, and a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in its side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group is even more preferable.
  • a resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
  • resins having basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (manufactured by BYK Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 385 00, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (all manufactured by Japan Lubrizol), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (all manufactured by BASF), and the like.
  • the resin having a basic group is the block copolymer (B) described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0112 of JP2014-219665A, and the block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP2018-156021A. It is also possible to use block copolymer A1, a vinyl resin having a basic group described in paragraphs 0150 to 0153 of JP-A No. 2019-184763, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • the content of the resin having a basic group is preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group.
  • the amount is preferably 30 to 300 parts by weight, more preferably 50 to 200 parts by weight.
  • the resin is derived from a monomer component containing a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimer”). It is also preferable to use a resin containing repeating units.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15.
  • the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol.
  • Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having a crosslinkable group.
  • the crosslinkable group include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups and cyclic ether groups.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group.
  • the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, with an epoxy group being preferred.
  • the epoxy group may be a cycloaliphatic epoxy group. Note that the alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ac).
  • the aromatic carboxy group may be included in the main chain of the repeating unit, or may be included in the side chain of the repeating unit.
  • the aromatic carboxy group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • an aromatic carboxy group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one type of repeating unit selected from a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-1) and a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-2).
  • Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxy group
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group
  • Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxy group
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-
  • L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
  • P 10 represents a polymer Represents a chain.
  • Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1) include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like.
  • Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride and aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
  • the aromatic carboxy group-containing group represented by Ar 1 may have a crosslinkable group.
  • the crosslinkable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13). Examples include groups such as
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, the above formula (Q- Represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • *1 represents the bonding position with L 1 .
  • L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably represents -COO-.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and these. Examples include groups combining two or more of the following.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the arylene group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the alkylene group and arylene group may have a substituent.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-.
  • L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group combining an alkylene group and an arylene group; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group, and -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, Examples include a group combining at least one selected from -NH- and -S-, and an alkylene group is preferred.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkylene group and arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group.
  • the aromatic carboxy group-containing group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and these two groups. Examples include groups that combine more than one species.
  • the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
  • L 12b represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents formula ( It represents the bonding position of Ac-2) with P10 .
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b is a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group, and at least one kind selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-.
  • a hydrocarbon group or a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group and -O- is preferable.
  • L 12c represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents formula ( It represents the bonding position of Ac-2) with P10 .
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c is a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one kind selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-.
  • a hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, a polystyrene structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1000 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is within the above range, the pigment will have good dispersibility in the composition.
  • the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a crosslinkable group.
  • the crosslinkable group include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups and cyclic ether groups.
  • At least one type of resin selected from graft polymers, star polymers, block copolymers, and resins in which at least one end of a polymer chain is capped with an acid group.
  • Such resins are preferably used as dispersants.
  • Examples of the graft polymer include a resin having a repeating unit having a graft chain and a resin having a repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (Ac-2).
  • Examples of the graft chain include a graft chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, a polystyrene structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure.
  • the terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthioether group, and the like.
  • alkyl groups or alkoxy groups having 5 to 30 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched.
  • graft polymers include paragraph numbers 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A, paragraphs 0022 to 0097 of JP2009-203462A, and paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A. Mention may be made of the resins mentioned.
  • star-shaped polymers include resins with a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to a core portion.
  • Specific examples of star-shaped polymers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraph numbers 0196 to 0209 of JP-A No. 2013-043962.
  • the block copolymers include a polymer block having a repeating unit containing an acid group or a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as block A), and a polymer block having a repeating unit not containing an acid group or a basic group. (hereinafter also referred to as block B) is preferably a block copolymer.
  • the block copolymers include block copolymers (B) described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0112 of JP2014-219665A, and blocks described in paragraph numbers 0046 to 0076 of JP2018-156021A. Copolymers A1 can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the resin in which at least one end of the polymer chain is capped with an acid group is a resin in which at least one end of the polymer chain contains at least one type of structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure.
  • examples include resins with a structure sealed with acid groups.
  • acid groups that block the ends of polymer chains include carboxy groups, sulfo groups, and phosphoric acid groups.
  • a resin as a dispersant can also be used.
  • the dispersant include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol % or more when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %.
  • the acid group that the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) has is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g.
  • the basic dispersant refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group that the basic dispersant has is preferably an amino group.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by Byk Chemie (for example, Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), Solsperse manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. series (for example, Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd., A208F (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), H-3606 (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), Sandet Examples include ET (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.). Further, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP 2012-137564A and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP 2017-194662A can also be used as a dispersant.
  • Disperbyk series manufactured by Byk Chemie for example, Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.
  • the content of the resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 50% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resin. When two or more types of resin are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is a compound represented by formula (1), and has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 3000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, and Includes compounds with a molecular weight of 475 or less (hereinafter also referred to as specific compounds). Certain compounds are used as dispersion aids.
  • a dispersion aid is a material for improving the dispersibility of pigments in a coloring composition.
  • a 1 represents a group containing an acid group or a basic group
  • X 1 represents a urea group, thiourea group, urethane group, thiourethane group or amide group
  • L 1 represents an n-valent group
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 4.
  • a 1 in formula (1) represents a group containing an acid group or a basic group, and is preferably a group containing a basic group.
  • Examples of the acid group contained in the group represented by A1 include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxy group.
  • a carboxy group or a sulfo group is more preferable.
  • a 1 is a group containing an acid group
  • the number of acid groups contained in A 1 is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and 1. is even more preferable.
  • the group represented by A 1 preferably does not contain a basic group.
  • Examples of the basic group contained in the group represented by A 1 include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salt, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimidomethyl group, and an amino group is preferable.
  • Examples of the atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
  • Examples of the amino group include a group represented by -NR x11 R x12 and a cyclic amino group.
  • R x11 and R x12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • R x11 and R x12 are each independently an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • one of R x11 and R x12 is an alkyl group and the other is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and it is more preferable that R x11 and R x12 are each independently an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be straight chain, branched, or ring, but is preferably straight chain or branched, and more preferably straight chain.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, an acyl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, and a polymerizable group.
  • Examples of the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group, Examples include halogen atoms and polymerizable groups.
  • the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • Examples of the cyclic amino group include a pyrrolidine ring group, a piperidine ring group, a morpholine ring group, a pyrrole ring group, an imidazole ring group, a pyrazole ring group, a pyrazolidine group, an imidazolin(di)ine ring group, a succinimide group, a 2-oxazolidone ring group, Examples include hydantoin ring group, phenothiazine ring group, phenoxazine ring group, and tetrazole ring group.
  • a 1 is a group containing a basic group
  • the number of basic groups contained in A 1 is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1 or 2. It is even more preferable that there be.
  • the group represented by A 1 does not contain an acid group.
  • a 1 in formula (1) is preferably a group represented by formula (A10).
  • (A 10 ) p -L 10 - (A10) In formula (A10), A 10 represents an acid group or a basic group, L 10 represents a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and p represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • Examples of the acid group and basic group represented by A 10 include the above-mentioned acid groups and basic groups.
  • a 10 is preferably a basic group, more preferably a group represented by -NR x11 R x12 or a cyclic amino group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by L 10 preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group,
  • substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group,
  • the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • L 10 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • a 1 in formula (1) is preferably a group represented by formula (A20). According to this aspect, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • the acid group and basic group represented by A 10 include the above-mentioned basic groups, and are preferably a group represented by -NR x11 R x12 or a cyclic amino group.
  • the alkylene group represented by L 10 preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group,
  • substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group,
  • the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • X 1 in formula (1) represents a urea group, a thiourea group, a urethane group, a thiourethane group, or an amide group, preferably a urea group, a thiourea group, a urethane group, or a thiourethane group; It is more preferably a urethane group, even more preferably a urea group or a thiourea group, and particularly preferably a urea group.
  • L 1 in formula (1) represents an n-valent group.
  • the n-valent group represented by L 1 include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, and a combination of two or more of these groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is 1 or more, and is 2 or more because it can further improve the pigment adsorption property through hydrophobic interaction and further improve the storage stability of the resin composition. It is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, even more preferably 8 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched because it can further improve the storage stability of the resin composition. It is more preferable that there be.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group,
  • substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group,
  • the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group has no substituent
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the heteroatom constituting the ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably contains at least one selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and more preferably a nitrogen atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group is polycyclic, the number of ring structures contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and 2 to 5. It is even more preferable.
  • the number of ring structures contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and 2 to 5. It is even more preferable.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group.
  • an electron-withdrawing group is a substituent that is more likely to attract electrons to the bonded atom compared to a hydrogen atom
  • an electron-donating group is a substituent that is more likely to attract electrons to the bonded atom than a hydrogen atom.
  • electron-withdrawing groups include halogen atoms, halogenated alkyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, carboxy groups, and sulfonyl groups. It is preferable that there be.
  • electron-donating group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, etc., and preferably an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, or an amino group.
  • the pigment adsorption property can be further improved by the ⁇ - ⁇ interaction, and the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group has an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, it is possible to further improve pigment adsorption by changing the electronic state of the X 1 part in formula (1). Therefore, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • n in formula (1) represents an integer from 1 to 4.
  • n in formula (1) is an embodiment in which n is 1.
  • Another preferred embodiment of n in formula (1) includes an embodiment in which n is an integer of 2 to 4. In this embodiment, n is preferably 2 or 3, more preferably 2.
  • L 1 is a polycyclic aromatic ring group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms, or an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group substituted.
  • a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • the polycyclic aromatic ring group may be a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferred because it can further improve the storage stability of the resin composition.
  • the number of ring structures contained in the polycyclic aromatic ring group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and even more preferably 2 to 5.
  • polycyclic aromatic ring group examples include naphthalene ring group, anthracene ring group, acenaphthene ring group, acenaphthylene ring group, phenalene ring group, phenanthrene ring group, fluorene ring group, pyrene ring group, quinoline ring group, and isoquinoline ring group.
  • examples include ring groups, quinoxaline ring groups, pentacene ring groups, benzopyrene ring groups, chrysene groups, triphenylene groups, corannulene ring groups, coronene groups, and obalene ring groups.
  • the polycyclic aromatic ring group may have a substituent or not have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include electron-withdrawing groups and electron-donating groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and even more preferably 8 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched because it can further improve the storage stability of the resin composition. It is more preferable that Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, etc., and an alkyl group is preferable, and a straight-chain alkyl group is more preferable.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or not have a substituent.
  • substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group, Examples include halogen atoms and polymerizable groups.
  • the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group has no substituent.
  • Examples of the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring group.
  • Examples of the electron-withdrawing group possessed by the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group include the above-mentioned electron-withdrawing groups.
  • the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has an electron-withdrawing group at the para position of the aromatic hydrocarbon group. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
  • the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group and the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group may have two or more electron-withdrawing groups.
  • Examples of the electron-donating group possessed by the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group include the electron-donating groups described above.
  • the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group may have two or more electron-donating groups.
  • L 1 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, or a combination of two or more of these groups.
  • An aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a combination of two or more of these groups is preferred.
  • the preferred ranges of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, and aromatic heterocyclic group are the same as described above.
  • the maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient of the specific compound in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm is 3000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less, preferably 1000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less, and 100 L ⁇ mol It is more preferably -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less, and even more preferably 10 L ⁇ mol -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the specific compound is 475 or less, preferably 465 or less, and more preferably 460 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
  • Specific examples of the specific compound include compounds having the structures shown in the dispersion aids M-1 to M-53 described in Examples below.
  • the content of the specific compound in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 15% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 12% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the total content with the specific compound is preferably 1 to 30 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 4 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of specific compound, or may contain two or more types of specific compounds. When two or more types of resin are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative.
  • Pigment derivatives are used, for example, as dispersion aids.
  • the pigment derivative include compounds having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a pigment structure and a triazine structure, and an acid group or a basic group.
  • the above dye structures include quinoline dye structure, benzimidazolone dye structure, benzisoindole dye structure, benzothiazole dye structure, iminium dye structure, squarylium dye structure, croconium dye structure, oxonol dye structure, pyrrolopyrrole dye structure, diketo Pyrrolopyrrole dye structure, azo dye structure, azomethine dye structure, phthalocyanine dye structure, naphthalocyanine dye structure, anthraquinone dye structure, quinacridone dye structure, dioxazine dye structure, perinone dye structure, perylene dye structure, thiazine indigo dye structure, thioindigo dye structure, isoindoline dye structure, isoindolinone dye structure, quinophthalone dye structure, dithiol dye structure, triarylmethane dye structure, pyrromethene dye structure, etc.
  • Examples of acid groups possessed by pigment derivatives include carboxy groups, sulfo groups, phosphoric acid groups, phosphonic acids, and phenolic hydroxy groups.
  • Examples of the basic group that the pigment derivative has include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salts, an ammonium group salt, and a phthalimidomethyl group.
  • Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
  • a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can also be used.
  • the maximum molar extinction coefficient ( ⁇ max) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 3000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less, and preferably 1000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less. is more preferable, and even more preferably 100 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or more, and may be 10 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or more.
  • pigment derivatives include compounds described in JP-A-56-118462, compounds described in JP-A-63-264674, compounds described in JP-A-01-217077, and JP-A-03-1999.
  • Compounds described in JP-A-03-026767, compounds described in JP-A-03-153780, compounds described in JP-A-03-045662, JP-A-04-285669 Compounds described in JP-A No. 06-145546, compounds described in JP-A No. 06-212088, compounds described in JP-A No. 06-240158, compounds described in JP-A No.
  • the total content of the pigment derivative and the above-mentioned specific compound is preferably 1 to 30 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 4 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 10 to 90 parts by weight, more preferably 15 to 85 parts by weight, and even more preferably 20 to 80 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned specific compound. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a pigment derivative.
  • the content of the pigment derivative in the total solid content of the resin composition is 0.1% by mass or less, and 0.05% by mass. It is more preferable that it is at most % by mass, and even more preferably that it does not contain a pigment derivative.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, and (meth)acryloyl group.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, prepolymer, or oligomer, but monomers are preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 2,500.
  • the upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group value (hereinafter referred to as C ⁇ C value) of the polymerizable compound is preferably 2 to 14 mmol/g from the viewpoint of storage stability of the resin composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 12 mmol/g or less, more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less.
  • the C ⁇ C value of a polymerizable compound is a value calculated by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable compound by the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing three or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and more preferably a compound containing four or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups.
  • the upper limit of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less from the viewpoint of storage stability of the resin composition.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a trifunctional or higher functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a trifunctional to 15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a trifunctional to 10 functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • polymerizable compounds include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP 2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-029760, paragraph 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970, and The compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of JP 2013-253224, paragraph 0477 of JP 2012-208494, JP 2017-048367, JP 6057891, and JP 6031807 are , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • polymerizable compounds examples include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, and modified products of these compounds.
  • modified product examples include compounds having a structure in which the (meth)acryloyl groups of the above compounds are bonded via an alkyleneoxy group, such as ethoxylated dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate.
  • Specific examples include compounds represented by formula (Z-4) and compounds represented by formula (Z-5).
  • E is each independently -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)-, or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- , each y independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and each X independently represents a (meth)acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxy group.
  • the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 3 or 4
  • each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40.
  • the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 5 or 6
  • each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60.
  • m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. Further, the sum of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
  • n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. Further, the sum of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
  • a form in which the side end is bonded to X is preferable.
  • polypentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate as shown in the following formula (Z-6) can also be used.
  • X 1 to X 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a (meth)acryloyl group, and n represents an integer of 1 to 10. However, at least one of X 1 to X 6 is a (meth)acryloyl group.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is at least one selected from the group consisting of dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, polypentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate, and modified products thereof. Preferably it is a seed.
  • Commercially available products include KAYARAD D-310, DPHA, DPEA-12 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), NK Ester A-DPH-12E, and TPOA-50 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Can be mentioned.
  • polymerizable compounds examples include diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercial product: M-460; manufactured by Toagosei), pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK ester) A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) ), NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyo
  • Polymerizable compounds include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol. It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as tri(meth)acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, M-305.
  • M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Examples include.
  • a compound having an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group can also be used.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
  • the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A No. 2013-253224 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Examples of compounds having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120, which are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used.
  • Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the polymerizable compound it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmentally controlled substances such as toluene.
  • environmentally controlled substances such as toluene.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765; Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also suitable.
  • polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-01-105238.
  • the polymerizable compounds include UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, Commercially available products such as T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 35% by mass.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, even more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention further contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet to visible range are preferred.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator.
  • photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds with a triazine skeleton, compounds with an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, and the like.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds with a triazine skeleton, compounds with an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, and the like.
  • photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, and hexaarylbylene compounds.
  • imidazole compounds onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds, oxime compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketones
  • the compound is more preferably a compound selected from a compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound.
  • photopolymerization initiators compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No.
  • hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole, etc. can be mentioned.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, and Irgacure 117. 3, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all BASF (manufactured by a company).
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, and Irgacure 36.
  • Irgacure 369E Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF) (manufactured by).
  • Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF), and the like.
  • Examples of oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-080068, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166, and the compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660); C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), JP-A-2000-0 Compounds described in Publication No. 66385, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-534797, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No.
  • oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used.
  • oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A No. 2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444, Examples include fluorenylaminoketone photoinitiators described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-507664 and oxime ester compounds described in International Publication No. 2021/023144.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring is also possible.
  • Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-500852, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2013-164471. Examples include compound (C-3).
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is in the form of a dimer.
  • Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012, and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466, Examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, and Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
  • photopolymerization initiator it is also possible to use an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton.
  • photopolymerization initiators include compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • oxime compound OX an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 (hereinafter also referred to as oxime compound OX) in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into the aromatic ring.
  • Examples of the electron-withdrawing group possessed by the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group, An acyl group and a nitro group are preferred, an acyl group is more preferred, and a benzoyl group is even more preferred.
  • the benzoyl group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, hydroxy groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, heterocyclic groups, heterocyclic oxy groups, alkenyl groups, alkylsulfanyl groups, arylsulfanyl groups, It is preferably an acyl group or an amino group, and more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, or an amino group. More preferably, it is a sulfanyl group or an amino group.
  • oxime compound OX examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4,600,600.
  • oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably from 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably from 2000 to 300,000, and even more preferably from 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable that there be.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
  • the photopolymerization initiator it is also preferable to use a combination of Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and/or Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) and Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.).
  • a difunctional, trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity decreases and the solubility in solvents improves, making it difficult to precipitate over time and improving the storage stability of the resin composition.
  • Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiators include those listed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent.
  • the solvent include organic solvents.
  • the type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition.
  • the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
  • paragraph number 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Ester solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N
  • aromatic hydrocarbons benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.
  • organic solvents for environmental reasons (for example, 50 mass ppm (parts) based on the total amount of organic solvents). per million), 10 mass ppm or less, and 1 mass ppm or less).
  • an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content. It is preferable that the metal content of the organic solvent is, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, November 13, 2015). .
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one type of isomer may be included, or multiple types may be included.
  • the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is 0.8 mmol/L or less, and it is more preferable that the organic solvent contains substantially no peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the resin composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances.
  • "not substantially containing environmentally controlled substances” means that the content of environmentally controlled substances in the resin composition is 50 mass ppm or less, preferably 30 mass ppm or less. , more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less.
  • environmentally controlled substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • REACH Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals
  • PRTR Policy Release and It is registered as an environmentally regulated substance under the Transfer Register Act
  • VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
  • VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
  • methods for reducing environmentally controlled substances include a method of heating or reducing pressure in the system to raise the temperature above the boiling point of the environmentally controlled substance to distill off the environmentally controlled substances from the system.
  • distillation methods can be used at the stage of raw materials, at the stage of products obtained by reacting raw materials (for example, resin solution or polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or at the stage of resin compositions prepared by mixing these compounds. This is possible at any stage.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a thermal crosslinking agent as a component other than the above-mentioned resin and polymerizable compound.
  • the thermal crosslinking agent include compounds having a cyclic ether group.
  • the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
  • the epoxy group may be a cycloaliphatic epoxy group. Note that the alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound).
  • Examples of the epoxy compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and preferably compounds having two or more epoxy groups.
  • the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound is preferably two or more.
  • Examples of epoxy compounds include those described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP2013-011869, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP2014-043556, and paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of JP2014-089408.
  • Compounds, compounds described in JP 2017-179172, xanthene type epoxy resins described in JP 2021-195421, and xanthene epoxy resins described in JP 2021-195422 can also be used.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low-molecular compound (e.g., molecular weight less than 2,000, further, molecular weight less than 1,000), or a macromolecule (e.g., molecular weight 1,000 or more, in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight may be 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
  • cyclic ether group Commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, and G-0130SP. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (all of which are epoxy group-containing polymers manufactured by NOF Corporation). Further, as a compound having a cyclic ether group, compounds described in Examples described later can also be used.
  • the content of the thermal crosslinking agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less. Only one type of thermal crosslinking agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may also contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidine salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, onium salt compounds, and the like.
  • Specific examples of the curing accelerator include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0094 to 0097 of International Publication No. 2018/056189, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0246 to 0253 of JP 2015-034963, and JP 2013-041165. Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0186 to 0251 of JP-A No.
  • the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • the ultraviolet absorber include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and the like. Specific examples of such compounds include the compound described in paragraph number 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorber described in JP 2021-178918, and JP 2022-007884. It is also possible to use the ultraviolet absorbers described in .
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass.
  • only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), Examples include 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.). Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.
  • the number of polymerization inhibitors may be one, or two or more. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the term "hydrolyzable group" refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond through at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, mercapto groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, amino groups, ureido groups, sulfide groups, and isocyanate groups. , phenyl group, etc., and amino group, (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferable.
  • silane coupling agents include N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -amino Propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), ⁇ -Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), ⁇ -aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-
  • silane coupling agent examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A No. 2009-288703 and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056 to 0066 of JP-A-2009-242604. , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. Only one type of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone surfactant or a fluorine surfactant.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorine surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid saving, and also has good solubility in the resin composition.
  • fluorine-based surfactant compounds described in paragraph numbers 0167 to 0169 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 can be used.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and two or more (preferably five or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy group, propyleneoxy group) (meth).
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A No. 2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-containing surfactant used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example 14,000. In the above compounds, % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%.
  • fluorine-based surfactant a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A No. 2010-164965, Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, Examples include RS-72-K. Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0015 to 0158 of JP-A No. 2015-117327 and fluorine-containing copolymers described in JP-A No. 2022-000494 can also be used.
  • a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) is also preferable to use as a surfactant.
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • a represents 1 or 2
  • X a+ represents an a-valent metal ion, a primary ammonium ion
  • a Re represents a secondary ammonium ion, a tertiary ammonium ion, a quaternary ammonium ion, or NH 4 + .
  • nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Fujifilm Wa
  • silicone surfactants examples include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), and TSF- 4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) , BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK Chemie), and the like.
  • a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone surfactant.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% to 3.0% by mass.
  • the number of surfactants may be one, or two or more. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant.
  • antioxidants include phenol compounds, phosphite compounds, thioether compounds, and the like.
  • the phenol compound any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used.
  • Preferred phenol compounds include hindered phenol compounds.
  • a compound having a substituent at a site adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group (ortho position) is preferred.
  • the above-mentioned substituents are preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • the antioxidant a compound having a phenol group and a phosphorous acid ester group in the same molecule is also preferable.
  • phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be suitably used.
  • a phosphorus antioxidant tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepine-6 -yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl )oxy]ethyl]amine, ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) phosphite, and the like.
  • antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
  • antioxidants include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0023 to 0048 of Patent No. 6268967, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, Compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers, and other auxiliary agents (for example, conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, (leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.) may also be included.
  • sensitizers for example, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers, and other auxiliary agents
  • auxiliary agents for example, conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, (leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary.
  • a latent antioxidant is a compound whose moiety that functions as an antioxidant is protected with a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. Examples include compounds that function as antioxidants by removing protective groups. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in WO 2014/021023, WO 2017/030005, and JP 2017-008219. Commercially available latent antioxidants include Adeka Arcles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film.
  • metal oxides include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 .
  • the primary particle diameter of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, even more preferably 5 to 50 nm.
  • the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. Further, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may also contain a light resistance improver.
  • the light resistance improver include compounds described in paragraph number 0183 of International Publication No. 2022/085485.
  • the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain terephthalic acid ester.
  • substantially not containing means that the content of terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less in the total amount of the resin composition, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, Particularly preferred is zero.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Further, the free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Examples of methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the resin composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification using ion-exchange resins.
  • perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acids and their salts may be regulated.
  • perfluoroalkylsulfonic acids particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acids whose perfluoroalkyl group has 6 to 8 carbon atoms
  • salts thereof and perfluoroalkylsulfonic acids
  • the content of fluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid whose perfluoroalkyl group has 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salt is 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb based on the total solid content of the resin composition.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt.
  • a compound that can be substituted for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt and a compound that can be substituted for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid
  • Compounds that can be substituted for regulated compounds include, for example, compounds that are excluded from regulated targets due to differences in the number of carbon atoms in perfluoroalkyl groups.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acids and salts thereof, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids and salts thereof, within the maximum allowable range.
  • the water content of the resin composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably from 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably from 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • the water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface condition (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, etc.
  • the value of viscosity can be appropriately selected as required, but for example, at 25° C., 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s is preferable, and 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s is more preferable.
  • the viscosity can be measured using, for example, a cone plate type viscometer with the temperature adjusted to 25°C.
  • the container for storing the resin composition is not particularly limited, and any known container can be used.
  • any known container can be used.
  • the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass, stainless steel, etc. for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, increasing the storage stability of the resin composition, and suppressing component deterioration.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • the resin composition may be prepared by simultaneously dissolving and/or dispersing all components in a solvent, or, if necessary, each component may be prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions as appropriate.
  • the resin composition may be prepared by mixing these at the time of use (at the time of application).
  • a process of dispersing the pigment when preparing the resin composition.
  • mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like.
  • the particles may be made finer in a salt milling step.
  • Bead materials used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, and glass.
  • an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used for the beads.
  • the resin composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the beads.
  • the resin composition In preparing the resin composition, it is preferable to filter the resin composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects.
  • a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects.
  • Examples of the type of filter and filtration method used for filtration include the filters and filtration methods described in paragraph numbers 0196 to 0199 of International Publication No. 2022/085485.
  • the membrane of the present invention is a membrane obtained from the resin composition of the present invention described above.
  • the film of the present invention can be used for optical filters such as color filters, near-infrared transmission filters, and near-infrared cut filters.
  • the film thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the film of the present invention When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a green, red, blue, cyan, magenta, or yellow hue, and more preferably a red hue. Further, the film of the present invention can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, yellow pixels, etc., and red pixels are more preferable.
  • the film of the present invention can be manufactured through a step of applying the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the film manufacturing method preferably further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixel). Examples of methods for forming patterns (pixels) include photolithography and dry etching, with photolithography being preferred. By forming a pattern using the resin composition of the present invention by photolithography, the generation of development residues can be further suppressed.
  • Pattern formation by the photolithography method includes a step of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the resin composition layer to light in a pattern, and a step of exposing the resin composition layer to light. It is preferable to include a step of developing and removing the exposed portion to form a pattern (pixel). If necessary, a step of baking the resin composition layer (pre-bake step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixel) (post-bake step) may be provided.
  • a resin composition layer is formed on a support using the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application.
  • a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. may be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable.
  • a charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing substance diffusion, or flattening the substrate surface.
  • the surface contact angle of the underlayer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferable that the angle is 30 to 80° when measured with water.
  • a known method can be used.
  • the coating method described in paragraph number 0207 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 can be used.
  • the resin composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). If the film is manufactured by a low-temperature process, prebaking may not be performed.
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 110°C or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or higher, or 80°C or higher.
  • the prebake time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed on a hot plate, oven, or the like.
  • the resin composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the resin composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the resin composition layer to light through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. This allows the exposed portion to be cured.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used during exposure includes g-line, i-line, etc. Furthermore, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm). Furthermore, a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used. As a light source, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp system, a hybrid ultraviolet and infrared curing can be used.
  • pulse exposure is an exposure method in which exposure is performed by repeating light irradiation and pauses in short cycles (for example, on the millisecond level or less).
  • the irradiation amount is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 .
  • the oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being carried out in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially
  • the exposure may be performed in an oxygen-free atmosphere (without oxygen), or in a high oxygen atmosphere where the oxygen concentration exceeds 21 volume % (for example, 22 volume %, 30 volume %, or 50 volume %).
  • the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000W/m 2 to 100000W/m 2 (for example, 5000W/m 2 , 15000W/m 2 , or 35000W/m 2 ). Can be done.
  • the oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined.
  • the illuminance may be 10,000 W/m 2 when the oxygen concentration is 10% by volume, and 20,000 W/m 2 when the oxygen concentration is 35% by volume.
  • the unexposed areas of the resin composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixel).
  • the unexposed areas of the resin composition layer can be removed by development using a developer.
  • the unexposed portions of the resin composition layer in the exposure step are eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured portions.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Furthermore, in order to improve the ability to remove residues, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
  • Examples of the developer include organic solvents, alkaline developers, and alkaline developers are preferably used.
  • the developer and cleaning method after development the developer and cleaning method described in paragraph number 0214 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 can be used.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-bake are post-development curing processing to complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 240°C.
  • Post-baking can be carried out in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or high-frequency heater to maintain the developed film under the above conditions.
  • the light used for exposure is preferably light with a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • Pattern formation by the dry etching method includes the steps of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, and curing the entire resin composition layer to form a cured product layer; A step of forming a photoresist layer on this cured material layer, a step of exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and then developing it to form a resist pattern, and etching the cured material layer using this resist pattern as a mask. It is preferable to include a step of dry etching using gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a prebaking process.
  • the optical filter of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above.
  • Types of optical filters include color filters, near-infrared cut filters, near-infrared transmission filters, etc., and color filters are preferred.
  • the color filter preferably has the film of the invention as its pixels, more preferably the film of the invention as colored pixels, and still more preferably the film of the invention as red pixels.
  • the optical filter may be provided with a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention.
  • a protective layer By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilic and hydrophobic properties, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of pasting a molded resin with an adhesive.
  • Components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide.
  • Resin polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples include resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained.
  • the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 and Si 2 N 4 .
  • the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
  • a protective layer by applying a resin composition known methods such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, an inkjet method, etc. can be used as a method for applying the resin composition.
  • organic solvent contained in the resin composition known organic solvents (eg, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used.
  • chemical vapor deposition methods thermal chemical vapor deposition, plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition, photochemical vapor deposition
  • photochemical vapor deposition can be used as the chemical vapor deposition method.
  • the protective layer may contain organic/inorganic fine particles, absorbers for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesives, surfactants, and other additives, as necessary. It may contain.
  • organic/inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride. , magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, and the like.
  • the absorber for light of a specific wavelength a known absorber can be used.
  • the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by weight, more preferably 1 to 60% by weight, based on the total weight of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer the protective layers described in paragraph numbers 0073 to 0092 of JP-A No. 2017-151176 can also be used.
  • the optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned into a lattice shape by partition walls, for example.
  • the solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above.
  • the structure of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it includes the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor, but examples include the following structure.
  • the substrate has a plurality of photodiodes that constitute the light receiving area of a solid-state image sensor (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like.
  • a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like is formed on the light-shielding film to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the light-receiving part of the photodiode. It has a configuration in which a color filter is provided on the device protective film.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned into, for example, a lattice shape by partition walls.
  • the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-227478, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-179577, and International Publication No.
  • an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided within the structure of the solid-state image sensor to improve light resistance.
  • An imaging device equipped with the solid-state imaging device of the present invention can be used not only as a digital camera or an electronic device having an imaging function (such as a mobile phone), but also as a vehicle-mounted camera or a surveillance camera.
  • the image display device of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above.
  • Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • Examples of an image display device and details of each image display device see, for example, “Electronic Display Devices (written by Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Chosenkai Co., Ltd., published in 1990)” and “Display Devices (written by Junaki Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho)”. Co., Ltd., issued in 1989).
  • liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosenkai Co., Ltd., 1994)".
  • Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosenkai Co., Ltd., 1994.
  • the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology.”
  • the average particle diameter of the pigment was measured by a dynamic light scattering method using a particle diameter measuring device (nanoSAQLA, manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.).
  • the viscosity of the pigment dispersion was measured using a viscometer (RE-85L, manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) while adjusting the temperature of the pigment dispersion to 25°C.
  • PR122 C. I. Pigment Red 122 (quinacridone pigment, red pigment)
  • PR224 C. I. Pigment Red 224 (perylene pigment, red pigment)
  • PR254 C. I. Pigment Red 254 (diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, red pigment)
  • PR272 C. I. Pigment Red 272 (diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, red pigment)
  • PY138 C. I. Pigment Yellow 138 (quinophthalone pigment, yellow pigment)
  • PY139 C. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (isoindoline pigment, yellow pigment)
  • PY150 C. I.
  • Pigment Yellow 150 (azo pigment, yellow pigment) PY185:C. I. Pigment Yellow 185 (isoindoline pigment, yellow pigment)
  • PG36 C. I. Pigment Green 36 (phthalocyanine pigment, green pigment)
  • PB15:6 C.
  • I. Pigment Blue 15:6 phthalocyanine pigment, blue pigment
  • PV23 C.
  • I. Pigment Violet 23 (dioxazine pigment, purple pigment)
  • PBk32 C.
  • I. Pigment Black 32 perylene pigment, organic black pigment
  • IR coloring material 1 Compound with the following structure (pyrrolopyrrole pigment, near-infrared absorbing pigment)
  • the molecular weights and maximum molar absorption coefficients ( ⁇ max ) in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm of the dispersion aids M-1 to M-53 are as follows.
  • MC-1 Compound with the following structure (molecular weight: 255, ⁇ max : 10 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 or less)
  • MC-2 Compound with the following structure (molecular weight: 785, ⁇ max : more than 3000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 )
  • Derivative A Compound with the following structure (molecular weight: 768, ⁇ max : more than 3000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 )
  • Derivative B Compound with the following structure (molecular weight: 403, ⁇ max : more than 3000 L ⁇ mol ⁇ 1 ⁇ cm ⁇ 1 )
  • (resin) P-1 Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight: 7000.
  • P-2 Resin synthesized by the following method 50 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 50 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts by mass of PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) were charged into a reaction vessel, and the atmosphere was replaced with nitrogen gas. Replaced. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 70°C, 6 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol was added, and further 0.12 parts by mass of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) was added, followed by reaction for 12 hours. I let it happen. It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • P-3 Resin synthesized by the following method 50 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 30 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, 20 parts by mass of t-butyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts by mass of PGMEA were charged into a reaction vessel, and the atmosphere was replaced with nitrogen gas. Replaced. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 70°C, 6 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol was added, and further 0.12 parts by mass of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) was added, followed by reaction for 12 hours. I let it happen. It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • Resin synthesized by the following method Resin P-3 was synthesized in the same manner except that 20 parts by mass of t-butyl methacrylate was changed to "Karens MOI-BM" manufactured by Showa Denko, and the acid value was 43 mgKOH/ Resin P-5 having a weight average molecular weight of 9,000 was obtained.
  • P-6 Resin synthesized by the following method 6.0 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol, 9.5 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 62 parts by mass of PGMEA, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5 .4.0]-7-undecene was charged into a reaction vessel, and the atmospheric gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 100° C. and reacted for 7 hours.
  • the temperature in the system was cooled to 70°C, and 65 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 5.0 parts by mass of ethyl acrylate, and t - Add 53.5 parts by mass of a PGMEA solution in which 15 parts by mass of butyl acrylate, 5.0 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 10 parts by mass of hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 0.1 part by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile are dissolved. The mixture was reacted for 10 hours. After confirming that 95% of the polymerization had progressed by solid content measurement, the reaction was terminated to obtain resin P-6 having an acid value of 70.5 mgKOH/g and a weight average molecular weight of 10,000.
  • P-7 Resin synthesized by the following method 108 parts by mass of 1-thioglycerol, 174 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 650 parts by mass of methoxypropyl acetate, and 0.2 parts by mass of monobutyltin oxide as a catalyst were charged into a reaction vessel. After replacing the atmospheric gas with nitrogen gas, the reaction was carried out at 120° C. for 5 hours (first step). Acid value measurement confirmed that 95% or more of the acid anhydride was half-esterified.
  • P-8 Resin with the following structure.
  • the numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • P-9 Resin with the following structure.
  • the numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 18,000.
  • P-10 Resin with the following structure.
  • the numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 22,000.
  • P-12 Resin with the following structure.
  • the numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Weight average molecular weight 18000 P-13 Resin with the following structure.
  • the numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Weight average molecular weight 18000 P-14 Resin with the following structure.
  • Weight average molecular weight 18000 P-15 Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Weight average molecular weight 20000 P-16 Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Weight average molecular weight 23000 P-17 Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 25000
  • Pigment dispersion Pigment dispersion of the type listed in the table below
  • Polymerizable compound 1 KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate)
  • Photoinitiator 1 Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound)
  • Surfactant 1 KF6000 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., polydimethylsiloxane modified with carbinol at both ends, hydroxyl value 120 mgKOH/g, silicone surfactant)
  • Polymerization inhibitor 1 p-methoxyphenol
  • Solvent 1 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • Solvent 2 cyclopentanone
  • Solvent 3 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • a base layer forming composition (CT-4000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) was coated on a glass substrate using a spin coater to a thickness of 0.1 ⁇ m after post-baking, and coated on a hot plate. was heated at 220° C. for 300 seconds to form a base layer, thereby obtaining a glass substrate (support) with a base layer.
  • the resin compositions of Examples 1 to 175 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were applied on the glass substrate with the base layer by spin coating, and then heated at 100°C for 2 minutes using a hot plate to form a film. A film with a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m was formed.
  • Foreign matter contained in this film is detected using a foreign matter evaluation device (Complas III, manufactured by Applied Materials), and foreign matter (coarse particles) with a maximum width of 1.0 ⁇ m or more are visually checked from all detected foreign matter.
  • the particles were classified, and the number of classified coarse particles having a maximum width of 1.0 ⁇ m or more (number of coarse particles per 1 cm 2 ) was counted.
  • B The number of coarse particles per 1 cm 2 of the membrane is 10 or more and less than 30.
  • C The number of coarse particles per 1 cm 2 of the membrane is 30.
  • D The number of coarse particles is 100 or more per 1cm2 of the membrane.
  • a base layer forming composition (CT-4000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to a glass wafer using a spin coater to a thickness of 0.1 ⁇ m after post-baking, and then using a hot plate.
  • a base layer was formed by heating at 220° C. for 300 seconds to obtain a glass wafer (support) with a base layer.
  • the resin composition described in the first type column of the table below was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking was 1.0 ⁇ m. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes.
  • the film was exposed to light with a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure dose of 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask with a 2 ⁇ m square dot pattern.
  • the glass wafer on which the exposed coating film has been formed is placed on the horizontal rotary table of a spin shower developing machine (Model DW-30, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), After puddle development was performed at 23°C for 60 seconds using a 60% diluted solution (manufactured by Materials Co., Ltd.), the glass wafer was fixed on a horizontal rotating table using a vacuum chuck method, and the glass wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 50 rpm using a rotating device. While rotating, pure water was supplied in a shower form from a jet nozzle above the center of rotation for rinsing treatment, followed by spray drying. Furthermore, heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 480 seconds using a 200° C.
  • a spin shower developing machine Model DW-30, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.
  • the obtained multilayer filter is developed, rinsed, and dried in the same manner as the formation of the first layer of pixels, and the second type of resin composition layer formed on the first type of pixel is removed by development. did.
  • the transmittance of the first type of pixel before forming the second type of resin composition layer and the first type of pixel after developing and removing the second type of resin composition layer was measured using MCPD-3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.). ) to determine the maximum value of transmittance variation ( ⁇ T%max), and the spectral variation was evaluated based on the following criteria.
  • Amount of variation in transmittance
  • the smaller ⁇ T%max means that the spectral fluctuation of the first type of pixel is less likely to occur.
  • a base layer forming composition (CT-4000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to an 8-inch (20.32 cm) silicon wafer using a spin coater so that the thickness became 0.1 ⁇ m after post-baking.
  • the base layer was formed by coating the base layer and heating it for 300 seconds at 220° C. using a hot plate to obtain a silicon wafer (support) with the base layer.
  • each resin composition was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.62 ⁇ m. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes.
  • the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film has been formed is placed on the horizontal rotary table of a spin shower developer (Model DW-30, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), After puddle development was performed at 23°C for 60 seconds using a 60% diluted solution (manufactured by Materials Co., Ltd.), the silicon wafer was fixed on a horizontal rotating table using a vacuum chuck method, and the silicon wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 50 rpm using a rotating device. While rotating, pure water was supplied in a shower form from a jet nozzle above the center of rotation for rinsing treatment, followed by spray drying. Further, a heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a 200° C.
  • a spin shower developer Model DW-30, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.
  • the resin compositions of Examples had excellent storage stability. Furthermore, the evaluation of spectral fluctuation and developability was also excellent.
  • Films obtained from the resin compositions described in Examples can be suitably used for optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices.
  • Example 6 similar effects were obtained even when polymerizable compound 1 was changed to compound M-2 or M-3 having the structure shown below.
  • Example 6 similar effects were obtained even when the photopolymerization initiator 1 was changed to compounds I-2 to I-5 having the structures shown below.
  • the surfactant 1 was a compound having the structure shown below (a fluorine-based surfactant with a weight average molecular weight of 14,000, and the numerical value of % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%) or PolyFox PF6320 (OMNOVA Co., Ltd.). Similar effects were obtained even when the fluorine-based surfactant was used.
  • Example 6 similar effects were obtained even when the polymerization inhibitor 1 was changed to compound H-2 or H-3 having the structure shown below.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

This resin composition contains: a pigment-containing colored material; a resin; and a compound represented by formula (1), wherein said compound has a maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm of not more than 3000 L·mol-1·cm-1 and has a molecular weight of not more than 475. In formula (1), A1 represents a group that contains an acid group or a basic group; X1 represents a urea group, thiourea group, urethane group, thiourethane group, or amide group; L1 represents an n-valent group; and n represents an integer from 1 to 4. Also provided are a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device, each using the resin composition.

Description

樹脂組成物、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置Resin compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
 本発明は、色材を含む樹脂組成物に関する。また、本発明は、樹脂組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition containing a coloring material. The present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using the resin composition.
 特許文献1に記載されているように、色材と樹脂を含む樹脂組成物を用いて、カラーフィルタなどの光学フィルタを製造することが行われている。 As described in Patent Document 1, optical filters such as color filters are manufactured using a resin composition containing a coloring material and a resin.
特開2019-065210号公報JP2019-065210A
 近年、固体撮像素子においては、小型化や薄膜化の要求が強い。このため、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタなどの色材を含む膜についても、近年では、より薄膜化されることが望まれている。所望の分光性能を維持しつつ薄膜化を達成するためには、膜形成に用いる樹脂組成物の色材濃度を高めることが必要である。 In recent years, there has been a strong demand for smaller size and thinner solid-state image sensors. For this reason, in recent years, it has been desired that films containing coloring materials, such as color filters used in solid-state imaging devices, be made thinner. In order to achieve thinning of the film while maintaining the desired spectral performance, it is necessary to increase the coloring material concentration of the resin composition used for film formation.
 しかしながら、色材として顔料を含むものを用いた場合、樹脂組成物の色材濃度を高めると、樹脂などの顔料に対して吸着可能な素材の割合が相対的に減少する。このため、樹脂組成物の保管中に顔料が凝集し易くなり、樹脂組成物の粘度が経時的に増加しやすい傾向にあった。 However, when a coloring material containing a pigment is used, increasing the concentration of the coloring material in the resin composition relatively reduces the proportion of the material that can be adsorbed to the pigment, such as the resin. For this reason, the pigment tends to aggregate during storage of the resin composition, and the viscosity of the resin composition tends to increase over time.
 よって、本発明の目的は、保存安定性に優れた樹脂組成物を提供することにある。また、本発明の目的は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition with excellent storage stability. Further, an object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device.
 本発明者の検討によれば、後述する樹脂組成物により上記目的を達成できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。よって、本発明は以下を提供する。 According to the studies of the present inventors, it has been found that the above object can be achieved by the resin composition described below, and the present invention has been completed. Accordingly, the present invention provides the following.
 <1> 顔料を含む色材と、
 樹脂と、
 式(1)で表される化合物であって、波長400~700nmの範囲のモル吸光係数の最大値が3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であり、かつ、分子量が475以下である化合物と、
 を含む樹脂組成物;
 式(1)中、Aは酸基または塩基性基を含む基を表し、
 Xはウレア基、チオウレア基、ウレタン基、チオウレタン基またはアミド基を表し、
 Lはn価の基を表し、
 nは1~4の整数を表す。
 <2> 上記式(1)のXがウレア基である、<1>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <3> 上記式(1)のAは塩基性基を含む基である、<1>または<2>に記載の樹脂組成物。
 <4> 上記式(1)のAは式(A20)で表される基である、<1>または<2>に記載の樹脂組成物;
 A20-L20-   ・・・(A20)
 式(A20)中、A20は塩基性基を表し、L20はアルキレン基を表す。
 <5> 上記式(1)のnが1であり、
 Lが多環芳香族環基、炭素数2以上の脂肪族炭化水素基、または、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有する単環の芳香族炭化水素基である、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <6> 上記式(1)のnが2~4の整数である、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <7> 上記顔料は、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料、プテリジン顔料、キノフタロン顔料およびアゾ顔料からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物。
 <8> <1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の樹脂組成物を用いて得られる膜。
 <9> <8>に記載の膜を含む光学フィルタ。
 <10> <8>に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。
 <11> <8>に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。
<1> A coloring material containing a pigment,
resin and
A compound represented by formula (1), which has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 3000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, and has a molecular weight of 475 or less. ,
A resin composition comprising;
In formula (1), A 1 represents a group containing an acid group or a basic group,
X 1 represents a urea group, thiourea group, urethane group, thiourethane group or amide group,
L 1 represents an n-valent group,
n represents an integer from 1 to 4.
<2> The resin composition according to <1>, wherein X 1 in the above formula (1) is a urea group.
<3> The resin composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein A 1 in the above formula (1) is a group containing a basic group.
<4> The resin composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein A 1 in formula (1) is a group represented by formula (A20);
A20 - L20 -...(A20)
In formula (A20), A 20 represents a basic group, and L 20 represents an alkylene group.
<5> n in the above formula (1) is 1,
L 1 is a polycyclic aromatic ring group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms, or a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, < The resin composition according to any one of 1> to 4>.
<6> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein n in the above formula (1) is an integer of 2 to 4.
<7> The pigment is any one of <1> to <6>, including at least one selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, pteridine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments. The resin composition described in .
<8> A film obtained using the resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>.
<9> An optical filter comprising the film according to <8>.
<10> A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to <8>.
<11> An image display device including the film according to <8>.
 本発明によれば、保存安定性に優れた樹脂組成物を提供することができる。また、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子および画像表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a resin composition with excellent storage stability can be provided. Furthermore, a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device can be provided.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい色材を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
The content of the present invention will be explained in detail below.
In this specification, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit and an upper limit.
In the description of a group (atomic group) in this specification, the description that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group). For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In this specification, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Examples of the light used for exposure include actinic rays or radiation such as the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" represents acrylate and/or methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" represents both acrylic and/or methacrylic, and "(meth)acrylate" represents acrylic and/or methacrylate. ) "Acryloyl" refers to acryloyl and/or methacryloyl.
In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are polystyrene equivalent values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In this specification, pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
In this specification, the term "process" is used not only to refer to an independent process, but also to include a process in which the intended effect of the process is achieved even if the process cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
<樹脂組成物>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、
 顔料を含む色材と、
 樹脂と、
 式(1)で表される化合物であって、波長400~700nmの範囲のモル吸光係数の最大値が3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であり、かつ、分子量が475以下である化合物(以下、特定化合物ともいう)と、
 を含むことを特徴とする。
<Resin composition>
The resin composition of the present invention is
A coloring material containing a pigment,
resin and
A compound represented by formula (1), which has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 3000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, and has a molecular weight of 475 or less ( (hereinafter also referred to as a specific compound),
It is characterized by including.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述した特定化合物を含むことにより、樹脂組成物中における顔料の分散性を高めて樹脂組成物の粘度の経時的な増加を抑制できる。このため、本発明の樹脂組成物は保存安定性に優れている。このような効果が得られる理由は以下によるものであると推測される。上記特定化合物は、ウレア基、チオウレア基、ウレタン基、チオウレタン基およびアミド基から選ばれる官能基を含むので、この官能基と顔料とが水素結合によって相互作用して顔料の表面に特定化合物が強固に吸着し、樹脂組成物中において、顔料の近傍に特定化合物が存在していると推測される。また、特定化合物は、更に、酸基または塩基性基を含む基を有するので、特定化合物が有するこれらの基と、樹脂とが相互作用すると推測される。このため、樹脂組成物中にて、顔料と特定化合物と樹脂との強固なネットワーク構造が形成されて、顔料の凝集を抑制することでき、その結果、樹脂組成物の粘度の経時的な増加を抑制できたためであると推測される。 By containing the above-mentioned specific compound, the resin composition of the present invention can improve the dispersibility of the pigment in the resin composition and suppress the increase in viscosity of the resin composition over time. Therefore, the resin composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability. It is presumed that the reason why such an effect is obtained is as follows. The above-mentioned specific compound contains a functional group selected from a urea group, a thiourea group, a urethane group, a thiourethane group, and an amide group, so this functional group and the pigment interact through hydrogen bonding, and the specific compound is formed on the surface of the pigment. It is assumed that the specific compound is strongly adsorbed and exists near the pigment in the resin composition. Moreover, since the specific compound further has a group containing an acid group or a basic group, it is assumed that these groups included in the specific compound interact with the resin. Therefore, a strong network structure between the pigment, the specific compound, and the resin is formed in the resin composition, which suppresses aggregation of the pigment, and as a result, increases in the viscosity of the resin composition over time. It is presumed that this is because it was able to be suppressed.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上記特定化合物によって顔料の凝集を抑制することができるので、顔料の分散性にも優れており、粗大粒子の発生を抑制することもできる。 Since the resin composition of the present invention can suppress pigment aggregation with the above-mentioned specific compound, it also has excellent pigment dispersibility and can also suppress the generation of coarse particles.
 本発明の樹脂組成物を用いてフォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成した場合には、現像残渣の発生を抑制することもできる。このような効果が得られる理由は、顔料の表面に、上記特定化合物が水素結合により強固に吸着しているため、現像時における顔料の乳化作用が高まり、未露光部の樹脂組成物を効率よく現像除去できためであると推測される。このような理由により、本発明の樹脂組成物は、現像残渣の発生を抑制することもできる。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、現像性に優れており、更には、樹脂組成物に含まれる上記特定化合物は透明性に優れているため、画素が形成されている支持体上に、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いてフォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成して画素を形成する場合において、あらかじめ形成されている画素の表面に、本発明の樹脂組成物由来の残渣が残りにくく、仮に、残渣が画素上に残ったとしても、この残渣による画素の分光特性への影響も小さいため、あらかじめ形成されている画素の分光特性の変動を抑制することができる。
When a pattern is formed by photolithography using the resin composition of the present invention, generation of development residues can also be suppressed. The reason for this effect is that the above-mentioned specific compounds are strongly adsorbed on the surface of the pigment through hydrogen bonding, which enhances the emulsifying effect of the pigment during development and efficiently removes the resin composition in the unexposed areas. It is assumed that this is because it could not be removed by development. For these reasons, the resin composition of the present invention can also suppress the generation of development residues.
In addition, the resin composition of the present invention has excellent developability, and furthermore, since the above-mentioned specific compound contained in the resin composition has excellent transparency, the resin composition of the present invention can be used on a support on which pixels are formed. When forming pixels by patterning using the resin composition of the invention using a photolithography method, residues derived from the resin composition of the invention are unlikely to remain on the surfaces of the pixels that have been formed in advance. Even if it remains on the pixel, the influence of this residue on the spectral characteristics of the pixel is small, so it is possible to suppress fluctuations in the spectral characteristics of the pixel that have been formed in advance.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、光学フィルタ用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いられる。光学フィルタとしては、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線透過フィルタ、近赤外線カットフィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、固体撮像素子用として好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、固体撮像素子に用いられる光学フィルタ用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いられ、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタの着色画素形成用の樹脂組成物としてより好ましく用いられる。 The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a resin composition for optical filters. Examples of the optical filter include color filters, near-infrared transmission filters, near-infrared cut filters, etc., and color filters are preferred. Furthermore, the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, it is preferably used as a resin composition for an optical filter used in a solid-state imaging device, and more preferably used as a resin composition for forming colored pixels in a color filter used in a solid-state imaging device.
 カラーフィルタとしては、特定の波長の光を透過させる着色画素を有するフィルタが挙げられる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、赤色画素であることがより好ましい。カラーフィルタの着色画素は、有彩色色材を含む樹脂組成物を用いて形成することができる。 Examples of color filters include filters that have colored pixels that transmit light of a specific wavelength. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, yellow pixels, etc., and red pixels are more preferable. The colored pixels of the color filter can be formed using a resin composition containing a chromatic coloring material.
 近赤外線カットフィルタの極大吸収波長は、波長700~1800nmの範囲に存在することが好ましく、波長700~1300nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましく、波長700~1000nmの範囲に存在することが更に好ましい。また、近赤外線カットフィルタの波長400~650nmの全範囲での透過率は70%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上であることがより好ましく、90%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、波長700~1800nmの範囲の少なくとも1点での透過率は20%以下であることが好ましい。また、近赤外線カットフィルタの極大吸収波長における吸光度Amaxと、波長550nmにおける吸光度A550との比(吸光度Amax/吸光度A550)は、20~500であることが好ましく、50~500であることがより好ましく、70~450であることが更に好ましく、100~400であることが特に好ましい。近赤外線カットフィルタは、近赤外線吸収色材を含む樹脂組成物を用いて形成することができる。 The maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter preferably exists in a wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm, more preferably exists in a wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and even more preferably exists in a wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm. . Further, the transmittance of the near-infrared cut filter over the entire wavelength range of 400 to 650 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. Further, the transmittance at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm is preferably 20% or less. Further, the ratio of the absorbance Amax at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared cut filter to the absorbance A550 at a wavelength of 550 nm (absorbance Amax/absorbance A550) is preferably 20 to 500, more preferably 50 to 500. , more preferably from 70 to 450, particularly preferably from 100 to 400. The near-infrared cut filter can be formed using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing coloring material.
 近赤外線透過フィルタは、近赤外線の少なくとも一部を透過させるフィルタである。近赤外線透過フィルタは、可視光の少なくとも一部を遮光し、近赤外線の少なくとも一部を透過させるフィルタであることが好ましい。近赤外線透過フィルタとしては、波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1300nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である分光特性を満たしているフィルタなどが好ましく挙げられる。近赤外線透過フィルタは、以下の(1)~(5)のいずれかの分光特性を満たしているフィルタであることが好ましい。
 (1):波長400~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長800~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (2):波長400~750nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長900~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (3):波長400~830nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1000~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (4):波長400~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (5):波長400~1050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1200~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
A near-infrared transmission filter is a filter that transmits at least a portion of near-infrared rays. The near-infrared transmitting filter is preferably a filter that blocks at least a portion of visible light and transmits at least a portion of near-infrared rays. The near-infrared transmission filter has a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm, and a transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm. Preferred examples include filters that satisfy spectral characteristics with a minimum value of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). The near-infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
(1): The maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1500 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less). 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(2): The maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(3): The maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(4): The maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
(5): The maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、遮光膜などにも用いることができる。 The resin composition of the present invention can also be used for light-shielding films and the like.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は、5~30質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、7.5質量%以上が好ましく、10質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましく、15質量%以下が更に好ましい。 The solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 7.5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 15% by mass or less.
 以下、本発明の樹脂組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 Each component used in the resin composition of the present invention will be explained below.
<<色材>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、色材を含有する。色材としては白色色材、黒色色材、有彩色色材、近赤外線吸収色材が挙げられる。なお、本発明において、白色色材には純白色のみならず、白に近い明るい灰色(例えば灰白色、薄灰色など)の色材も含まれる。
<<Color material>>
The resin composition of the present invention contains a coloring material. Examples of coloring materials include white coloring materials, black coloring materials, chromatic coloring materials, and near-infrared absorbing coloring materials. Note that, in the present invention, the white coloring material includes not only pure white but also a light gray coloring material close to white (for example, grayish white, light gray, etc.).
 本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、顔料を含むものが用いられる。顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよいが、カラーバリエーションの多さ、分散の容易性、安全性等の観点から有機顔料であることが好ましい。また、顔料は、有彩色顔料及び近赤外線吸収顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、有彩色顔料を含むことがより好ましい。 The coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention is one containing a pigment. The pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment, but organic pigments are preferable from the viewpoints of large color variations, ease of dispersion, safety, and the like. Further, the pigment preferably contains at least one selected from chromatic pigments and near-infrared absorbing pigments, and more preferably contains chromatic pigments.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。顔料の平均一次粒子径が上記範囲であれば、樹脂組成物中における顔料の分散安定性が良好である。なお、本発明において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. When the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the resin composition is good. In the present invention, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment using a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circular equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 pigment primary particles. Moreover, the primary particles of pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
 顔料のCuKα線をX線源としたときのX線回折スペクトルにおけるいずれかの結晶面に由来するピークの半値幅より求めた結晶子サイズは、0.1~100nmであることが好ましく、0.5~50nmであることがより好ましく、1~30nmであることが更に好ましく、5~25nmであることが特に好ましい。 The crystallite size determined from the half-value width of the peak derived from any crystal plane in the X-ray diffraction spectrum when the CuKα ray of the pigment is used as the X-ray source is preferably 0.1 to 100 nm, and preferably 0.1 to 100 nm. It is more preferably from 5 to 50 nm, even more preferably from 1 to 30 nm, and particularly preferably from 5 to 25 nm.
 顔料の比表面積は1~300m/gであることが好ましい。下限は10m/g以上であることが好ましく、30m/g以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、250m/g以下であることが好ましく、200m/g以下であることがより好ましい。比表面積の値は、BET(Brunauer、EmmettおよびTeller)法に準じてDIN 66131:determination of the specific surface area  of solids by gas adsorption(ガス吸着による固体の比表面積の測定)に従って測定することができる。 The specific surface area of the pigment is preferably 1 to 300 m 2 /g. The lower limit is preferably 10 m 2 /g or more, more preferably 30 m 2 /g or more. The upper limit is preferably 250 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 200 m 2 /g or less. The value of the specific surface area is determined according to DIN 66131: determination of the specific surface area of solids by gas adsorption according to the BET (Brunauer, Emmett and Teller) method. (Measurement of specific surface area of solids).
 色材は、フタロシアニン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、キナクリドン顔料、アントラキノン顔料、ペリレン顔料、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、ピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料、プテリジン顔料、キノフタロン顔料、アゾ顔料およびアゾメチン顔料からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むものであることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料、プテリジン顔料、キノフタロン顔料およびアゾ顔料からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含むものであることがより好ましい。 The colorant is selected from the group consisting of phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, pteridine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, azo pigments and azomethine pigments. It preferably contains at least one kind, and more preferably contains at least one kind selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, pteridine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments.
 本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、更に染料を含むものであってもよい。染料を含む場合、染料の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して10~100質量部が好ましい。上限は80質量部以下であることが好ましく、70質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は20質量部以上であることが好ましく、30質量部以上であることがより好ましく、40質量部以上であることが更に好ましい。染料は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物に含まれる色材は、染料を実質的に含まないものであることも好ましい。この態様によれば、耐光性や耐熱性に優れた膜を形成することができる。染料を実質的に含まないとは、色材中における染料の含有量が0.1質量%以下であることを意味し、0.01質量%以下であることが好ましく、含有しないことが更に好ましい。
The coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention may further contain a dye. When a dye is included, the content of the dye is preferably 10 to 100 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the pigment. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 70 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 40 parts by mass or more. Only one type of dye may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
Further, it is also preferable that the coloring material contained in the resin composition of the present invention is substantially free of dye. According to this aspect, a film with excellent light resistance and heat resistance can be formed. "Substantially free of dye" means that the content of dye in the coloring material is 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and more preferably no content. .
(有彩色色材)
 有彩色色材としては、波長400~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する色材が挙げられる。例えば、黄色色材、オレンジ色色材、赤色色材、緑色色材、紫色色材、青色色材などが挙げられる。耐熱性の観点から有彩色色材は、顔料(有彩色顔料)であることが好ましく、赤色顔料、黄色顔料、及び青色顔料がより好ましく、赤色顔料及び青色顔料が更に好ましい。有彩色顔料の具体例としては、例えば、以下に示すものが挙げられる。
(Chromatic color materials)
Examples of the chromatic coloring materials include coloring materials having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm. Examples include yellow coloring material, orange coloring material, red coloring material, green coloring material, purple coloring material, blue coloring material, and the like. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the chromatic color material is preferably a pigment (chromatic pigment), more preferably a red pigment, a yellow pigment, and a blue pigment, and still more preferably a red pigment and a blue pigment. Specific examples of chromatic pigments include those shown below.
 赤色色材としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール化合物であることがより好ましい。また、赤色色材は顔料であることが好ましい。 Examples of red colorants include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, thioindigo compounds, etc. It is preferably a compound, and more preferably a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. Moreover, it is preferable that the red coloring material is a pigment.
 赤色色材の具体例としては、C.I.(カラーインデックス)ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。また、赤色色材として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0034に記載の化合物、特開2020-085947号公報に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物を用いることもできる。 Specific examples of red coloring materials include C. I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, Examples include red pigments such as 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, 297, and the like. Further, as a red coloring material, a compound described in paragraph number 0034 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 and a brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in JP-A No. 2020-085947 can also be used.
 赤色色材としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド122,177,254,255,264,269,272が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,264,272がより好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,272が更に好ましい。 As a red coloring material, C. I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272 are preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 264, and 272 are more preferred, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 and 272 are more preferred.
 緑色色材としては、フタロシアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物などが挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましく、フタロシアニン顔料であることがより好ましい。また、緑色色材は顔料であることが好ましい。 Examples of the green coloring material include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, preferably phthalocyanine compounds, and more preferably phthalocyanine pigments. Moreover, it is preferable that the green coloring material is a pigment.
 緑色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64,65,66等の緑色顔料が挙げられる。また、緑色色材として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色色材として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0029に記載の化合物、特開2020-070426号公報に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物などを用いることもできる。 A specific example of the green coloring material is C. I. Examples include green pigments such as Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66. In addition, as a green coloring material, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine has an average number of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in one molecule. Pigments can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. Further, as the green coloring material, the compound described in paragraph number 0029 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in JP 2020-070426, etc. can also be used.
 緑色色材としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,62,63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36,58がより好ましい。
用いられる。
As a green coloring material, C. I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 62, 63 are preferred; I. Pigment Green 36 and 58 are more preferred.
used.
 オレンジ色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等のオレンジ色顔料が挙げられる。 A specific example of the orange coloring material is C. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. orange pigments.
 黄色色材としては、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、プテリジン化合物、キノフタロン化合物およびペリレン化合物が挙げられる。黄色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of yellow colorants include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds. Specific examples of yellow colorants include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, Examples include yellow pigments such as 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236.
 黄色色材としては、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。
As the yellow coloring material, an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.
 黄色色材として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0031~0033に記載の化合物、特開2019-073695号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073696号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073697号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2019-073698号公報に記載のメチン染料、特開2020-093994号公報に記載のアゾ化合物を用いることができる。 As a yellow coloring material, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0033 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, methine dyes described in JP 2019-073695, methine dyes described in JP 2019-073696, and The methine dye described in JP-A No. 2019-073697, the methine dye described in JP-A No. 2019-073698, and the azo compound described in JP-A No. 2020-093994 can be used.
 紫色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料が挙げられる。 A specific example of the purple coloring material is C. I. Examples include purple pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
 青色色材の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等の青色顔料が挙げられる。また、青色色材として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As a specific example of the blue coloring material, C. I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, 88, etc. Examples include pigments. Moreover, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as a blue coloring material. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
 緑色色材または青色色材として特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物を用いることもできる。 Diarylmethane compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-504758 can also be used as the green coloring material or the blue coloring material.
 各種顔料が有していることが好ましい回折角については、特許第6561862号公報、特許第6413872号公報、特許第6281345号公報、特開2020-026503号公報、特開2020-033526号公報の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、ピロロピロール顔料としては結晶格子面のうち(±1±1±1)の8個の面の中でX線回折パターンにおける最大ピークに対応する面方向の結晶子サイズが140Å以下であるものを用いることも好ましい。また、ピロロピロール顔料の物性については、特開2020-097744号公報の段落番号0028~0073に記載の通り設定することも好ましい。 Regarding the diffraction angles that various pigments preferably have, see the descriptions in Japanese Patent No. 6561862, Japanese Patent No. 6413872, Japanese Patent No. 6281345, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-026503, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-033526. , the contents of which are incorporated herein. Pyrrolopyrrole pigments include those whose crystallite size in the plane direction corresponding to the maximum peak in the X-ray diffraction pattern among the eight (±1±1±1) crystal lattice planes is 140 Å or less. It is also preferable to use Further, the physical properties of the pyrrolopyrrole pigment are also preferably set as described in paragraph numbers 0028 to 0073 of JP-A-2020-097744.
 顔料としては、特許6744002号公報に記載のラマンスペクトルを有するハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を使用することも、分光特性を高める観点で好ましい。また、顔料としては、国際公開第2019/107166号に記載の接触角を制御したジオキサジン顔料を使用することも粘度調整の観点で好ましい。 As the pigment, it is also preferable to use a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having a Raman spectrum described in Japanese Patent No. 6744002 from the viewpoint of improving spectral characteristics. Further, as the pigment, it is also preferable to use a dioxazine pigment with a controlled contact angle described in International Publication No. 2019/107166 from the viewpoint of viscosity adjustment.
 有彩色色材には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as chromatic coloring materials. There are no particular restrictions on the dye, and known dyes can be used. For example, pyrazole azo series, anilinoazo series, triarylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxonol series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine series, xanthene series, Examples include phthalocyanine-based, benzopyran-based, indigo-based, and pyrromethene-based dyes.
 有彩色色材には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物および製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 A pigment multimer can also be used as a chromatic coloring material. The dye multimer is preferably a dye that is dissolved in a solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The dye multimer in a particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A No. 2015-214682. The dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. The plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may be the same dye structure or may be different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less. Dye multimers are described in JP 2011-213925, JP 2013-041097, JP 2015-028144, JP 2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
 また、有彩色色材として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069442号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069730号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069070号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069067号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069062号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、特許第6809649号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2021-187913号公報に記載のフェノチアジン系化合物、国際公開第2022/004261号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン、国際公開第2021/250883号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニンを用いることができる。有彩色色材は、ロタキサンであってもよく、色素骨格はロタキサンの環状構造に使用されていてもよく、棒状構造に使用されていてもよく、両方の構造に使用されていてもよい。有彩色着色剤として、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0030759号公報の式1で表されるキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0061793号公報に記載の高分子染料、特開2022-029701号公報に記載の着色剤、国際公開第2022/014635号に記載のイソインドリン化合物、国際公開第2022/024926号に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を使用してもよい。 In addition, as chromatic coloring materials, triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compounds described in JP 2020-117638, and International Publication No. 2020/174991 are also used. The phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A No. 2020-160279 or a salt thereof, the compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Published Patent No. 10-2020-0069442, Korean Published Patent No. 10 Compounds represented by formula 1 described in -2020-0069730, compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean published patent No. 10-2020-0069070, Korean published patent No. 10-2020-0069067 Compounds represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in Patent No. 6809649, JP-A-2020- Isoindoline compounds described in JP 180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP 2021-187913, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine described in WO 2022/004261, halogens described in WO 2021/250883 Zinc phthalocyanine can be used. The chromatic coloring material may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, the rod-like structure, or both structures. As a chromatic coloring agent, a quinophthalone compound represented by formula 1 of Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, a polymer dye described in Korean Publication Patent No. 10-2020-0061793, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2022-029701. You may use the coloring agent described in WO 2022/014635, the isoindoline compound described in WO 2022/024926, and the aluminum phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2022/024926.
 有彩色色材は、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、有彩色色材は、2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、2種以上の有彩色色材の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。そのような組み合わせとしては、例えば以下の(1)~(7)の態様が挙げられる。樹脂組成物中に有彩色色材を2種以上含み、かつ、2種以上の有彩色色材の組み合わせで黒色を呈している場合においては、本発明の樹脂組成物は、近赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の樹脂組成物として好ましく用いることができる。
(1)赤色色材と青色色材とを含有する態様。
(2)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材とを含有する態様。
(3)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
(4)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(5)赤色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(6)赤色色材と青色色材と緑色色材とを含有する態様。
(7)黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
Two or more chromatic color materials may be used in combination. Furthermore, when two or more chromatic coloring materials are used in combination, black may be formed by a combination of two or more chromatic coloring materials. Examples of such combinations include the following embodiments (1) to (7). In the case where the resin composition contains two or more types of chromatic coloring materials and exhibits black color by a combination of two or more types of chromatic coloring materials, the resin composition of the present invention can be used to form a near-infrared transmission filter. It can be preferably used as a resin composition for.
(1) Embodiment containing a red coloring material and a blue coloring material.
(2) An embodiment containing a red coloring material, a blue coloring material, and a yellow coloring material.
(3) An embodiment containing a red coloring material, a blue coloring material, a yellow coloring material, and a purple coloring material.
(4) An embodiment containing a red coloring material, a blue coloring material, a yellow coloring material, a purple coloring material, and a green coloring material.
(5) An embodiment containing a red coloring material, a blue coloring material, a yellow coloring material, and a green coloring material.
(6) An embodiment containing a red coloring material, a blue coloring material, and a green coloring material.
(7) An embodiment containing a yellow coloring material and a purple coloring material.
(白色色材)
 白色色材としては、酸化チタン、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸バリウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化アルミニウム、硫酸バリウム、シリカ、タルク、マイカ、水酸化アルミニウム、ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、中空樹脂粒子、硫化亜鉛などの無機顔料(白色顔料)が挙げられる。白色顔料は、チタン原子を有する粒子が好ましく、酸化チタンがより好ましい。また、白色顔料は、波長589nmの光に対する屈折率が2.10以上の粒子であることが好ましい。前述の屈折率は、2.10~3.00であることが好ましく、2.50~2.75であることがより好ましい。
(white coloring material)
White coloring materials include titanium oxide, strontium titanate, barium titanate, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, silica, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples include hollow resin particles and inorganic pigments (white pigments) such as zinc sulfide. The white pigment is preferably particles containing titanium atoms, and more preferably titanium oxide. Moreover, it is preferable that the white pigment is a particle having a refractive index of 2.10 or more with respect to light with a wavelength of 589 nm. The above-mentioned refractive index is preferably 2.10 to 3.00, more preferably 2.50 to 2.75.
 白色顔料は「酸化チタン 物性と応用技術 清野学著 13~45ページ 1991年6月25日発行、技報堂出版発行」に記載の酸化チタンを用いることもできる。 As the white pigment, titanium oxide described in "Titanium oxide physical properties and applied technology, Manabu Seino, pages 13-45, published June 25, 1991, published by Gihodo Publishing" can also be used.
 白色顔料は、単一の無機物からなるものだけでなく、他の素材と複合させた粒子を用いてもよい。例えば、内部に空孔や他の素材を有する粒子、コア粒子に無機粒子を多数付着させた粒子、ポリマー粒子からなるコア粒子と無機ナノ粒子からなるシェル層とからなるコア及びシェル複合粒子を用いることが好ましい。上記ポリマー粒子からなるコア粒子と無機ナノ粒子からなるシェル層とからなるコア及びシェル複合粒子としては、例えば、特開2015-047520号公報の段落番号0012~0042の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The white pigment is not only made of a single inorganic substance, but also particles made of a composite with other materials may be used. For example, particles with pores or other materials inside, particles with a core particle attached to a large number of inorganic particles, and core/shell composite particles with a core particle made of polymer particles and a shell layer made of inorganic nanoparticles are used. It is preferable. For the core and shell composite particles consisting of a core particle consisting of a polymer particle and a shell layer consisting of an inorganic nanoparticle, for example, the description in paragraphs 0012 to 0042 of JP 2015-047520A can be referred to, This content is incorporated herein.
 白色顔料は、中空無機粒子を用いることもできる。中空無機粒子とは、内部に空洞を有する構造の無機粒子であり、外殻に包囲された空洞を有する無機粒子のことを言う。中空無機粒子としては、特開2011-075786号公報、国際公開第2013/061621号、特開2015-164881号公報などに記載された中空無機粒子が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Hollow inorganic particles can also be used as the white pigment. A hollow inorganic particle is an inorganic particle having a structure that has a cavity inside, and is an inorganic particle having a cavity surrounded by an outer shell. Examples of hollow inorganic particles include hollow inorganic particles described in JP2011-075786A, WO2013/061621A, JP2015-164881A, etc., the contents of which are not incorporated herein. It will be done.
(黒色色材)
 黒色色材としては特に限定されず、公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、無機黒色色材としては、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、グラファイト等の無機顔料(黒色顔料)が挙げられ、カーボンブラック、チタンブラックが好ましく、チタンブラックがより好ましい。チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子であり、低次酸化チタンや酸窒化チタンが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散性向上、凝集性抑制などの目的で必要に応じ、表面を修飾することが可能である。例えば、酸化珪素、酸化チタン、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、又は、酸化ジルコニウムでチタンブラックの表面を被覆することが可能である。また、特開2007-302836号公報に表されるような撥水性物質での処理も可能である。黒色顔料として、C.I.ピグメントブラック1,7等が挙げられる。チタンブラックは、個々の粒子の一次粒子径及び平均一次粒子径のいずれもが小さいことが好ましい。具体的には、平均一次粒子径が10~45nmであることが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散物として用いることもできる。例えば、チタンブラック粒子とシリカ粒子とを含み、分散物中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比が0.20~0.50の範囲に調整された分散物などが挙げられる。上記分散物については、特開2012-169556号公報の段落0020~0105の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。チタンブラックの市販品の例としては、チタンブラック10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R-N、13M-T(商品名:三菱マテリアル(株)製)、ティラック(Tilack)D(商品名:赤穂化成(株)製)などが挙げられる。
(black color material)
The black coloring material is not particularly limited, and any known material can be used. For example, examples of the inorganic black coloring material include inorganic pigments (black pigments) such as carbon black, titanium black, and graphite, with carbon black and titanium black being preferred, and titanium black being more preferred. Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms, and lower titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride are preferable. The surface of titanium black can be modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility, suppressing agglomeration, and the like. For example, it is possible to coat the surface of titanium black with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide. Furthermore, treatment with a water-repellent substance as disclosed in JP-A No. 2007-302836 is also possible. As a black pigment, C. I. Pigment Black 1, 7, etc. can be mentioned. It is preferable that the titanium black has a small primary particle size and an average primary particle size of each particle. Specifically, it is preferable that the average primary particle diameter is 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, there may be mentioned a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles, in which the content ratio of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion is adjusted to a range of 0.20 to 0.50. Regarding the above-mentioned dispersion, the descriptions in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP-A-2012-169556 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Examples of commercially available titanium blacks include Titanium Black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13MC, 13R-N, 13M-T (trade name: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilac D ( Product name: Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.).
 有機黒色色材として、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物などが挙げられる。ビスベンゾフラノン化合物としては、特表2010-534726号公報、特表2012-515233号公報、特表2012-515234号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、BASF社製の「Irgaphor Black」として入手可能である。ペリレン化合物としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落番号0016~0020に記載の化合物、C.I.ピグメントブラック31、32などが挙げられる。アゾメチン化合物としては、特開平01-170601号公報、特開平02-034664号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、大日精化社製の「クロモファインブラックA1103」として入手できる。また、黒色色材として、特許第6985715号公報に記載の黒色有機顔料、Lumogen Black FK4280、Paliogen Black S0084(BASF社製)を使用してもよい。 Examples of organic black coloring materials include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds. Examples of bisbenzofuranone compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-534726, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515233, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515234, and for example, as "Irgaphor Black" manufactured by BASF. available. Examples of perylene compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0020 of JP-A No. 2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like. Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601 and JP-A-02-034664, and are available as "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichiseika Kaisha, Ltd., for example. Further, as a black coloring material, a black organic pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6985715, Lumogen Black FK4280, Paliogen Black S0084 (manufactured by BASF) may be used.
 本発明の樹脂組成物に用いられる色材は、上述した黒色色材のみであってもよく、有彩色色材を更に含むものであってもよい。この態様によれば、可視領域での遮光性に優れた膜を形成できる樹脂組成物が得られやすい。色材として黒色色材と有彩色色材とを併用する場合、両者の質量比は、黒色色材:有彩色色材=100:10~300であることが好ましく、100:20~200であることがより好ましい。 The coloring material used in the resin composition of the present invention may be only the above-mentioned black coloring material, or may further include a chromatic coloring material. According to this aspect, it is easy to obtain a resin composition that can form a film with excellent light-shielding properties in the visible region. When a black coloring material and a chromatic coloring material are used together as a coloring material, the mass ratio of both is preferably black coloring material: chromatic coloring material = 100:10 to 300, and 100:20 to 200. It is more preferable.
 黒色色材と有彩色色材の好ましい組み合わせとしては、例えば以下が挙げられる。
 (A-1)有機黒色色材と青色色材とを含有する態様。
 (A-2)有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材とを含有する態様。
 (A-3)有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と赤色色材とを含有する態様。
 (A-4)有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材とを含有する態様。
Preferred combinations of black coloring materials and chromatic coloring materials include, for example, the following.
(A-1) Embodiment containing an organic black coloring material and a blue coloring material.
(A-2) Embodiment containing an organic black coloring material, a blue coloring material, and a yellow coloring material.
(A-3) Embodiment containing an organic black coloring material, a blue coloring material, a yellow coloring material, and a red coloring material.
(A-4) Embodiment containing an organic black coloring material, a blue coloring material, a yellow coloring material, and a purple coloring material.
 上記(A-1)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材との質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材=100:1~70であることが好ましく、100:5~60であることがより好ましく、100:10~50であることが更に好ましい。
 上記(A-2)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材の質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材:黄色色材=100:10~90:10~90であることが好ましく、100:15~85:15~80であることがより好ましく、100:20~80:20~70であることが更に好ましい。
 上記(A-3)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と赤色色材との質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材:黄色色材:赤色色材=100:20~150:1~60:10~100であることが好ましく、100:30~130:5~50:20~90であることがより好ましく、100:40~120:10~40:30~80であることが更に好ましい。
 上記(A-4)の態様において、有機黒色色材と青色色材と黄色色材と紫色色材との質量比は、有機黒色色材:青色色材:黄色色材:紫色色材=100:20~150:1~60:10~100であることが好ましく、100:30~130:5~50:20~90であることがより好ましく、100:40~120:10~40:30~80であることが更に好ましい。
In the embodiment (A-1) above, the mass ratio of the organic black coloring material to the blue coloring material is preferably organic black coloring material: blue coloring material = 100:1 to 70, and preferably 100:5 to 60. More preferably, the ratio is 100:10 to 50.
In the embodiment (A-2) above, the mass ratio of the organic black coloring material, blue coloring material, and yellow coloring material is organic black coloring material: blue coloring material: yellow coloring material = 100:10 to 90:10 to 90. The ratio is preferably 100:15 to 85:15 to 80, even more preferably 100:20 to 80:20 to 70.
In the embodiment (A-3) above, the mass ratio of the organic black coloring material, the blue coloring material, the yellow coloring material, and the red coloring material is: organic black coloring material: blue coloring material: yellow coloring material: red coloring material = 100 :20-150:1-60:10-100, more preferably 100:30-130:5-50:20-90, 100:40-120:10-40:30- More preferably, it is 80.
In the embodiment (A-4) above, the mass ratio of the organic black coloring material, the blue coloring material, the yellow coloring material, and the purple coloring material is: organic black coloring material: blue coloring material: yellow coloring material: purple coloring material = 100 :20-150:1-60:10-100, more preferably 100:30-130:5-50:20-90, 100:40-120:10-40:30- More preferably, it is 80.
(近赤外線吸収色材)
 近赤外線吸収色材は、極大吸収波長を波長700nmよりも長波長側に有する化合物であることが好ましい。近赤外線吸収色材は波長700nmを超え1800nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが好ましく、波長700nmを超え1400nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることがより好ましく、波長700nmを超え1200nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが更に好ましく、波長700nmを超え1000nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。また、近赤外線吸収色材の波長500nmにおける吸光度Aと極大吸収波長における吸光度Aとの比率A/Aが0.08以下であることが好ましく、0.04以下であることがより好ましい。また、近赤外線吸収色材は、顔料であることが好ましく、有機顔料であることがより好ましい。
(Near infrared absorbing coloring material)
The near-infrared absorbing coloring material is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than the wavelength of 700 nm. The near-infrared absorbing coloring material is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a range of more than 700 nm and 1800 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a range of more than 700 nm and 1400 nm. A compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a range of more than 700 nm and 1200 nm or less is more preferable, and a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a range of more than 700 nm and 1000 nm or less is particularly preferable. Further, the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength of the near-infrared absorbing coloring material is preferably 0.08 or less, and more preferably 0.04 or less. preferable. Furthermore, the near-infrared absorbing coloring material is preferably a pigment, and more preferably an organic pigment.
 近赤外線吸収色材としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0114に記載の化合物に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、近赤外線吸収色材としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落番号0121に記載の化合物、特開2020-075959号公報に記載されたスクアリリウム化合物、 韓国公開特許第10-2019-0135217号公報に記載の銅錯体、特開2021-195515号公報に記載のクロコン酸化合物、特開2022-022070号公報に記載の近赤外線吸収性色素を用いることもできる。 Near-infrared absorbing coloring materials include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, and pyrromethene compounds. , azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like. Specific examples of these include compounds described in paragraph number 0114 of International Publication No. 2022/065215. In addition, as the near-infrared absorbing coloring material, the compound described in paragraph number 0121 of International Publication No. 2022/065215, the squarylium compound described in JP 2020-075959, Korean Published Patent No. 10-2019-0135217 Copper complexes described in the publication, croconic acid compounds described in JP 2021-195515, and near-infrared absorbing dyes described in JP 2022-022070 can also be used.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における色材の含有量は20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、50質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、75質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, even more preferably 40% by mass or more, and 50% by mass. It is particularly preferable that it is above. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における顔料の含有量は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、45質量%以上であることがより好ましく、55質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、77.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、75質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物によれば、顔料の含有量が高い場合であっても、保存安定性に優れるので、顔料の含有量が高い場合において本発明の効果がより顕著に奏される。 The content of pigment in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 45% by mass or more, and even more preferably 55% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 77.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 75% by mass or less. According to the resin composition of the present invention, even when the pigment content is high, the storage stability is excellent, so that the effects of the present invention are more prominently exhibited when the pigment content is high.
 色材中における顔料の含有量は、20~100質量%であることが好ましく、50~100質量%であることがより好ましく、70~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of pigment in the coloring material is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and even more preferably 70 to 100% by mass.
<<樹脂>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は樹脂を含む。樹脂は、例えば、顔料などを樹脂組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料などを樹脂組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。
<<Resin>>
The resin composition of the present invention contains a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments in a resin composition or for use as a binder. Note that a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments and the like in a resin composition is also referred to as a dispersant. However, this use of the resin is just an example, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than this use.
 樹脂としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、(メタ)アクリルアミド樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、シロキサン樹脂などが挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2016/088645号の実施例に記載された樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-167513号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-173787号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載された樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載された樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂、国際公開第2022/030445号に記載のエポキシ基と酸基を含む共重合体を用いることもできる。 Examples of the resin include (meth)acrylic resin, epoxy resin, (meth)acrylamide resin, ene thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, and polyarylene. Examples include ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, and siloxane resin. In addition, the resins include the resin described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, the resin described in JP 2017-057265, the resin described in JP 2017-032685, and the resin described in JP 2017-032685. The resin described in JP 2017-075248, the resin described in JP 2017-066240, the resin described in JP 2017-167513, the resin described in JP 2017-173787, Resins described in paragraph numbers 0041 to 0060 of JP 2017-206689, resins described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0071 of JP 2018-010856, and blocks described in JP 2016-222891. Polyisocyanate resin, resin described in JP 2020-122052, resin described in JP 2020-111656, resin described in JP 2020-139021, JP 2017-138503 Resin containing a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain described in JP-A-2020-186373, resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP-A No. 2020-186325 Alkali-soluble resins described in the publication, resins represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339, copolymers containing epoxy groups and acid groups described in International Publication No. 2022/030445 You can also use
 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
 樹脂としては、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。後述する特定化合物として、式(1)のAが塩基性基を含む基である化合物を用いる場合には、樹脂として酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。 As the resin, it is preferable to use a resin having acid groups. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. When a compound in which A 1 in formula (1) is a group containing a basic group is used as the specific compound described later, it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
 酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、40mgKOH/g以上がより好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上が特に好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、300mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下が特に好ましい。酸基を有する樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5000~100000が好ましく、5000~50000がより好ましい。また、酸基を有する樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、1000~20000が好ましい。 The acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, particularly preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000. Further, the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin having acid groups is preferably 1,000 to 20,000.
 酸基を有する樹脂は、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を樹脂の全繰り返し単位中5~70モル%含むことがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の上限は、50モル%以下であることが好ましく、30モル%以下であることがより好ましい。酸基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限は、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、20モル%以上であることがより好ましい。 The resin having an acid group preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group in its side chain, and more preferably contains 5 to 70 mol% of repeating units having an acid group in its side chain based on the total repeating units of the resin. The upper limit of the content of repeating units having acid groups in their side chains is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit of the content of repeating units having acid groups in their side chains is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more.
 酸基を有する樹脂については、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0558~0571(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0235099号明細書の段落番号0685~0700)の記載、特開2012-198408号公報の段落番号0076~0099の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、酸基を有する樹脂は市販品を用いることもできる。また、樹脂への酸基の導入方法としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、特許第6349629号公報に記載の方法が挙げられる。更に、樹脂への酸基の導入方法としては、エポキシ基の開環反応で生じたヒドロキシ基に酸無水物を反応させて酸基を導入する方法も挙げられる。 Regarding resins having acid groups, the descriptions in paragraph numbers 0558 to 0571 of JP 2012-208494 (corresponding paragraph numbers 0685 to 0700 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099), JP 2012-198408 The descriptions in paragraph numbers 0076 to 0099 of the publication can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification. Furthermore, commercially available resins having acid groups can also be used. Furthermore, there are no particular limitations on the method for introducing acid groups into the resin, but examples include the method described in Japanese Patent No. 6,349,629. Furthermore, as a method for introducing acid groups into the resin, there is also a method of reacting an acid anhydride with a hydroxy group generated by a ring-opening reaction of an epoxy group to introduce an acid group.
 樹脂としては、塩基性基を有する樹脂を用いることもできる。後述する特定化合物として、式(1)のAが酸基を含む基である化合物を用いる場合には、樹脂として塩基性基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。 As the resin, a resin having a basic group can also be used. When using a compound in which A 1 in formula (1) is a group containing an acid group as the specific compound described later, it is preferable to use a resin having a basic group as the resin. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
 塩基性基を有する樹脂は、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有する共重合体であることがより好ましく、塩基性基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位と、塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位とを有するブロック共重合体であることが更に好ましい。塩基性基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。塩基性基を有する樹脂のアミン価は、5~300mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、10mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、20mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下がより好ましい。 The resin having a basic group is preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having a basic group in its side chain, and a resin having a repeating unit having a basic group in its side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group. A polymer is more preferable, and a block copolymer having a repeating unit having a basic group in its side chain and a repeating unit not containing a basic group is even more preferable. A resin having a basic group can also be used as a dispersant. The amine value of the resin having a basic group is preferably 5 to 300 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less.
 塩基性基を有する樹脂の市販品としては、DISPERBYK-161、162、163、164、166、167、168、174、182、183、184、185、2000、2001、2050、2150、2163、2164、BYK-LPN6919(以上、ビックケミー社製)、ソルスパース11200、13240、13650、13940、24000、26000、28000、32000、32500、32550、32600、33000、34750、35100、35200、37500、38500、39000、53095、56000、7100(以上、日本ルーブリゾール社製)、Efka PX 4300、4330、4046、4060、4080(以上、BASF社製)等が挙げられる。また、塩基性基を有する樹脂は、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1、特開2019-184763号公報の段落番号0150~0153に記載された塩基性基を有するビニル樹脂を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Commercially available resins having basic groups include DISPERBYK-161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000, 2001, 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, BYK-LPN6919 (manufactured by BYK Chemie), Solsperse 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, 35100, 35200, 37500, 385 00, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100 (all manufactured by Japan Lubrizol), Efka PX 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080 (all manufactured by BASF), and the like. In addition, the resin having a basic group is the block copolymer (B) described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0112 of JP2014-219665A, and the block copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0046 to 0076 of JP2018-156021A. It is also possible to use block copolymer A1, a vinyl resin having a basic group described in paragraphs 0150 to 0153 of JP-A No. 2019-184763, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 樹脂は、酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とを用いることも好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上できる。酸基を有する樹脂と塩基性基を有する樹脂とを併用する場合、塩基性基を有する樹脂の含有量は、酸基を有する樹脂の100質量部に対して20~500質量部であることが好ましく、30~300質量部であることがより好ましく、50~200質量部であることが更に好ましい。 It is also preferable to use a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group as the resin. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved. When a resin having an acid group and a resin having a basic group are used together, the content of the resin having a basic group is preferably 20 to 500 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin having an acid group. The amount is preferably 30 to 300 parts by weight, more preferably 50 to 200 parts by weight.
 樹脂としては、下記式(ED1)で示される化合物および/または下記式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)を含むモノマー成分に由来する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 The resin is derived from a monomer component containing a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimer"). It is also preferable to use a resin containing repeating units.
 式(ED1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の詳細については、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. For details of formula (ED2), the description in JP-A No. 2010-168539 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, the description in paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 樹脂としては、式(X)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。
 式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R21およびR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21およびR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2または3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。
As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (X).
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly 2 or 3 carbon atoms. preferable. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol. Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂としては、架橋性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。架橋性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられ、エポキシ基が好ましい。エポキシ基は、脂環式エポキシ基であってもよい。なお、脂環式エポキシ基とは、エポキシ環と飽和炭化水素環とが縮合した環状構造を有する1価の官能基のことを意味する。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a crosslinkable group. Examples of the crosslinkable group include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups and cyclic ether groups. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, with an epoxy group being preferred. The epoxy group may be a cycloaliphatic epoxy group. Note that the alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed.
 樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Acともいう)を用いることも好ましい。樹脂Acにおいて、芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシ基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシ基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシ基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシ基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ac). In the resin Ac, the aromatic carboxy group may be included in the main chain of the repeating unit, or may be included in the side chain of the repeating unit. The aromatic carboxy group is preferably contained in the main chain of the repeating unit. In addition, in this specification, an aromatic carboxy group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. In the aromatic carboxy group, the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 2.
 樹脂Acは、式(Ac-1)で表される繰り返し単位および式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。
 式(Ac-1)中、Arは芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、Lは、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。
 式(Ac-2)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。
The resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one type of repeating unit selected from a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-1) and a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-2).
In formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxy group, L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxy group, L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 represents a polymer Represents a chain.
 式(Ac-1)においてArが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物および芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。
Examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1) include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, and the like. Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic anhydride and aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
 上記式中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、下記式(Q-1)で表される基または下記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
In the above formula, Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基は、架橋性基を有していてもよい。架橋性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基であることがより好ましい。Arが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基の具体例としては、式(Ar-11)で表される基、式(Ar-12)で表される基、式(Ar-13)で表される基などが挙げられる。
The aromatic carboxy group-containing group represented by Ar 1 may have a crosslinkable group. The crosslinkable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13). Examples include groups such as
 式(Ar-11)中、n1は1~4の整数を表し、1または2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
 式(Ar-12)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Ar-13)中、n3およびn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1または2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3およびn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
 式(Ar-13)中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基または上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
 式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中、*1はLとの結合位置を表す。
In formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and preferably 1. More preferred. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In formula (Ar-13), Q 1 is a single bond, -O-, -CO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, the above formula (Q- Represents a group represented by 1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
In formulas (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), *1 represents the bonding position with L 1 .
 式(Ac-1)においてLは、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-1), L 1 represents -COO- or -CONH-, and preferably represents -COO-.
 式(Ac-1)においてLが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。Lが表す2価の連結基は、-L2a-O-で表される基であることが好ましい。L2aは、アルキレン基;アリーレン基;アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基;アルキレン基およびアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基およびアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 In formula (Ac-1), the divalent linking group represented by L 2 includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and these. Examples include groups combining two or more of the following. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the arylene group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The alkylene group and arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-. L 2a is an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group combining an alkylene group and an arylene group; at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group, and -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, Examples include a group combining at least one selected from -NH- and -S-, and an alkylene group is preferred. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkylene group and arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group.
 式(Ac-2)においてAr10が表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、式(Ac-1)のArと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The aromatic carboxy group-containing group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 式(Ac-2)においてL11は、-COO-または-CONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents -COO- or -CONH-, preferably -COO-.
 式(Ac-2)においてL12が表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-およびこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。L12が表す3価の連結基は、式(L12-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(L12-2)で表される基であることがより好ましい。
In formula (Ac-2), the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and these two groups. Examples include groups that combine more than one species. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
 式(L12-1)中、L12bは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12bが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基または炭化水素基と-O-とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents formula ( It represents the bonding position of Ac-2) with P10 . The trivalent linking group represented by L 12b is a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group, and at least one kind selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-. A hydrocarbon group or a group consisting of a hydrocarbon group and -O- is preferable.
 式(L12-2)中、L12cは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12cが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-および-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position with L 11 of formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents formula ( It represents the bonding position of Ac-2) with P10 . The trivalent linking group represented by L 12c is a hydrocarbon group; a hydrocarbon group and at least one kind selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and -S-. A hydrocarbon group is preferable.
 式(Ac-2)においてP10はポリマー鎖を表す。P10が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造、ポリスチレン構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖P10の重量平均分子量は500~20000が好ましい。下限は1000以上が好ましい。上限は10000以下が好ましく、5000以下がより好ましく、3000以下が更に好ましい。P10の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好である。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂が式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である場合は、この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 In formula (Ac-2), P 10 represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, a polystyrene structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000. The lower limit is preferably 1000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is within the above range, the pigment will have good dispersibility in the composition. When the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
 P10が表すポリマー鎖は、架橋性基を含んでいてもよい。架橋性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基が挙げられる。 The polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a crosslinkable group. Examples of the crosslinkable group include ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups and cyclic ether groups.
 樹脂として、グラフトポリマー、星形ポリマー、ブロック共重合体およびポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された樹脂から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。このような樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 It is preferable to use at least one type of resin selected from graft polymers, star polymers, block copolymers, and resins in which at least one end of a polymer chain is capped with an acid group. Such resins are preferably used as dispersants.
 グラフトポリマーとしては、グラフト鎖を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂および上述した式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂などが挙げられる。グラフト鎖としては、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造、ポリスチレン構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むグラフト鎖が挙げられる。グラフト鎖の末端構造としては、特に限定されない。水素原子であってもよく、置換基であってもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基等が挙げられる。なかでも、顔料の分散性向上の観点から、立体反発効果を有する基が好ましく、炭素数5~30のアルキル基又はアルコキシ基が好ましい。アルキル基およびアルコキシ基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状または分岐状が好ましい。 Examples of the graft polymer include a resin having a repeating unit having a graft chain and a resin having a repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (Ac-2). Examples of the graft chain include a graft chain containing at least one structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, a polystyrene structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure. The terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthioether group, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the pigment, groups having a steric repulsion effect are preferred, and alkyl groups or alkoxy groups having 5 to 30 carbon atoms are preferred. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched.
 グラフトポリマーの具体例としては、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094、特開2009-203462号公報の段落番号0022~0097、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166に記載された樹脂が挙げられる。 Specific examples of graft polymers include paragraph numbers 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A, paragraphs 0022 to 0097 of JP2009-203462A, and paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP2012-255128A. Mention may be made of the resins mentioned.
 星形ポリマーとしては、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂が挙げられる。星型ポリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 Examples of star-shaped polymers include resins with a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to a core portion. Specific examples of star-shaped polymers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraph numbers 0196 to 0209 of JP-A No. 2013-043962.
 ブロック共重合体としては、酸基または塩基性基を含む繰り返し単位を有する重合体のブロック(以下、ブロックAともいう)と、酸基および塩基性基を含まない繰り返し単位を有する重合体のブロック(以下、ブロックBともいう)とのブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。ブロック共重合体には、特開2014-219665号公報の段落番号0063~0112に記載されたブロック共重合体(B)、特開2018-156021号公報の段落番号0046~0076に記載されたブロック共重合体A1を用いることもでき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる The block copolymers include a polymer block having a repeating unit containing an acid group or a basic group (hereinafter also referred to as block A), and a polymer block having a repeating unit not containing an acid group or a basic group. (hereinafter also referred to as block B) is preferably a block copolymer. The block copolymers include block copolymers (B) described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0112 of JP2014-219665A, and blocks described in paragraph numbers 0046 to 0076 of JP2018-156021A. Copolymers A1 can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 ポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された樹脂としては、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造およびポリ(メタ)アクリル構造から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を含むポリマー鎖の少なくとも一方の末端が酸基で封止された構造の樹脂が挙げられる。ポリマー鎖の末端を封止する酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基が挙げられる。 The resin in which at least one end of the polymer chain is capped with an acid group is a resin in which at least one end of the polymer chain contains at least one type of structure selected from a polyester structure, a polyether structure, and a poly(meth)acrylic structure. Examples include resins with a structure sealed with acid groups. Examples of acid groups that block the ends of polymer chains include carboxy groups, sulfo groups, and phosphoric acid groups.
 樹脂は、分散剤としての樹脂を用いることもできる。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。 As the resin, a resin as a dispersant can also be used. Examples of the dispersant include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. The acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol % or more when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %. The acid group that the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) has is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g. Moreover, the basic dispersant (basic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. The basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group that the basic dispersant has is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDisperbykシリーズ(例えば、Disperbyk-111、161、2001など)、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース20000、76500など)、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ、A208F(第一工業製薬(株)製)、H-3606(第一工業製薬(株)製)、サンデットET(三洋化成工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by Byk Chemie (for example, Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), Solsperse manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd. series (for example, Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd., A208F (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), H-3606 (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.), Sandet Examples include ET (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.). Further, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP 2012-137564A and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP 2017-194662A can also be used as a dispersant.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における樹脂の含有量は1~50質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、40質量%以下であることが好ましく、30質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、樹脂を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the resin in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 50% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more.
The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resin. When two or more types of resin are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<特定化合物>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、式(1)で表される化合物であって、波長400~700nmの範囲のモル吸光係数の最大値が3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であり、かつ、分子量が475以下である化合物(以下、特定化合物ともいう)を含む。特定化合物は、分散助剤として用いられる。分散助剤とは、着色組成物中において顔料の分散性を高めるための素材のことである。
 式(1)中、Aは酸基または塩基性基を含む基を表し、
 Xはウレア基、チオウレア基、ウレタン基、チオウレタン基またはアミド基を表し、
 Lはn価の基を表し、
 nは1~4の整数を表す。
<<Specific compound>>
The resin composition of the present invention is a compound represented by formula (1), and has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 3000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, and Includes compounds with a molecular weight of 475 or less (hereinafter also referred to as specific compounds). Certain compounds are used as dispersion aids. A dispersion aid is a material for improving the dispersibility of pigments in a coloring composition.
In formula (1), A 1 represents a group containing an acid group or a basic group,
X 1 represents a urea group, thiourea group, urethane group, thiourethane group or amide group,
L 1 represents an n-valent group,
n represents an integer from 1 to 4.
 式(1)のAは酸基または塩基性基を含む基を表し、塩基性基を含む基であることが好ましい。 A 1 in formula (1) represents a group containing an acid group or a basic group, and is preferably a group containing a basic group.
 Aが表す基に含まれる酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸およびフェノール性ヒドロキシ基が挙げられ、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基またはホスホン酸であることが好ましく、カルボキシ基またはスルホ基であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the acid group contained in the group represented by A1 include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. Preferably, a carboxy group or a sulfo group is more preferable.
 Aが酸基を含む基である場合、Aに含まれる酸基の個数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1個または2個であることがより好ましく、1個であることが更に好ましい。また、Aが酸基を含む基である場合、Aが表す基は塩基性基を含まないことが好ましい。 When A 1 is a group containing an acid group, the number of acid groups contained in A 1 is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and 1. is even more preferable. Furthermore, when A 1 is a group containing an acid group, the group represented by A 1 preferably does not contain a basic group.
 Aが表す基に含まれる塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられ、アミノ基であることが好ましい。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the basic group contained in the group represented by A 1 include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salt, a salt of an ammonium group, and a phthalimidomethyl group, and an amino group is preferable. Examples of the atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
 アミノ基としては、-NRx11x12で表される基および環状アミノ基が挙げられる。 Examples of the amino group include a group represented by -NR x11 R x12 and a cyclic amino group.
 -NRx11x12で表される基において、Rx11およびRx12は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。Rx11およびRx12はそれぞれ独立してアルキル基またはアリール基であることが好ましい。なかでも、Rx11およびRx12のうち、一方がアルキル基で、他方はアルキル基またはアリール基あることが好ましく、Rx11およびRx12がそれぞれ独立してアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐および環のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アシル基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、重合性基などが挙げられる。重合性基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基などが挙げられる。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルデヒド基、カルボニル基アシル基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、エーテル基、エステル基、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、重合性基などが挙げられる。重合性基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基などが挙げられる。
In the group represented by -NR x11 R x12 , R x11 and R x12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. Preferably, R x11 and R x12 are each independently an alkyl group or an aryl group. Among these, it is preferable that one of R x11 and R x12 is an alkyl group and the other is an alkyl group or an aryl group, and it is more preferable that R x11 and R x12 are each independently an alkyl group.
The alkyl group may be straight chain, branched, or ring, but is preferably straight chain or branched, and more preferably straight chain. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group, an acyl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, and a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group, Examples include halogen atoms and polymerizable groups. Examples of the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
 環状アミノ基としては、ピロリジン環基、ピペリジン環基、モルホリン環基、ピロール環基、イミダゾール環基、ピラゾール環基、ピラゾリジン基、イミダゾリ(ジ)ン環基、スクシンイミド基、2-オキサゾリドン環基、ヒダントイン環基、フェノチアジン環基、フェノキサジン環基、テトラゾール環基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the cyclic amino group include a pyrrolidine ring group, a piperidine ring group, a morpholine ring group, a pyrrole ring group, an imidazole ring group, a pyrazole ring group, a pyrazolidine group, an imidazolin(di)ine ring group, a succinimide group, a 2-oxazolidone ring group, Examples include hydantoin ring group, phenothiazine ring group, phenoxazine ring group, and tetrazole ring group.
 Aが塩基性基を含む基である場合、Aに含まれる塩基性基の個数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1個または2個であることがより好ましく、1個であることが更に好ましい。また、Aが塩基性基を含む基である場合、Aが表す基は酸基を含まないことが好ましい。 When A 1 is a group containing a basic group, the number of basic groups contained in A 1 is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1 or 2. It is even more preferable that there be. Moreover, when A 1 is a group containing a basic group, it is preferable that the group represented by A 1 does not contain an acid group.
 式(1)のAは、式(A10)で表される基であることが好ましい。
 (A10-L10-   ・・・(A10)
 式(A10)中、A10は、酸基または塩基性基を表し、L10は単結合または脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、pは1~4の整数を表す。
A 1 in formula (1) is preferably a group represented by formula (A10).
(A 10 ) p -L 10 - (A10)
In formula (A10), A 10 represents an acid group or a basic group, L 10 represents a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and p represents an integer of 1 to 4.
 A10が表す酸基および塩基性基としては、上述した酸基および塩基性基が挙げられる。A10は塩基性基であることが好ましく、-NRx11x12で表される基または環状アミノ基であることがより好ましい。
 L10が表す脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~15が好ましい。上限は、10以下であることが好ましく、8以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、2以上であることが好ましく、3以上であることがより好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐であることがより好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルデヒド基、カルボニル基アシル基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、エーテル基、エステル基、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、重合性基などが挙げられる。重合性基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基などが挙げられる。
 L10は脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
 pは1~4の整数を表し、1または2であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the acid group and basic group represented by A 10 include the above-mentioned acid groups and basic groups. A 10 is preferably a basic group, more preferably a group represented by -NR x11 R x12 or a cyclic amino group.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by L 10 preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The upper limit is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group, Examples include halogen atoms and polymerizable groups. Examples of the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
Preferably, L 10 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
p represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
 式(1)のAは式(A20)で表される基であることが好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。
 A20-L20-   ・・・(A20)
 式(A20)中、A20は塩基性基を表し、L20はアルキレン基を表す。
A 1 in formula (1) is preferably a group represented by formula (A20). According to this aspect, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
A20 - L20 -...(A20)
In formula (A20), A 20 represents a basic group, and L 20 represents an alkylene group.
 A10が表す酸基および塩基性基としては、上述した塩基性基が挙げられ、-NRx11x12で表される基または環状アミノ基であることが好ましい。
 L10が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~15が好ましい。上限は、10以下であることが好ましく、8以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、2以上であることが好ましく、3以上であることがより好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐であることがより好ましい。アルキレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルデヒド基、カルボニル基アシル基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、エーテル基、エステル基、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、重合性基などが挙げられる。重合性基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基などが挙げられる。
The acid group and basic group represented by A 10 include the above-mentioned basic groups, and are preferably a group represented by -NR x11 R x12 or a cyclic amino group.
The alkylene group represented by L 10 preferably has 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The upper limit is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched. The alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group, Examples include halogen atoms and polymerizable groups. Examples of the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
 Aが表す基の具体例としては、以下に示す基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the group represented by A 1 include the groups shown below.
 式(1)のXはウレア基、チオウレア基、ウレタン基、チオウレタン基またはアミド基を表し、ウレア基、チオウレア基、ウレタン基またはチオウレタン基であることが好ましく、ウレア基、チオウレア基またはウレタン基であることがより好ましく、ウレア基またはチオウレア基であることが更に好ましく、ウレア基であることが特に好ましい。 X 1 in formula (1) represents a urea group, a thiourea group, a urethane group, a thiourethane group, or an amide group, preferably a urea group, a thiourea group, a urethane group, or a thiourethane group; It is more preferably a urethane group, even more preferably a urea group or a thiourea group, and particularly preferably a urea group.
 式(1)のLはn価の基を表す。Lが表すn価の基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基およびこれらの基を2以上組み合わせた基などが挙げられる。 L 1 in formula (1) represents an n-valent group. Examples of the n-valent group represented by L 1 include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, and a combination of two or more of these groups.
 脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1以上であり、疎水性相互作用により顔料吸着性をより向上させて、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができるという理由から2以上であることが好ましく、3以上であることがより好ましく、5以上であることが更に好ましく、8以上であることがより一層好ましい。上限は、30以下であることが好ましく、20以下であることがより好ましく、15以下であることが更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができるという理由から、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルデヒド基、カルボニル基アシル基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、エーテル基、エステル基、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、重合性基などが挙げられる。重合性基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基などが挙げられる。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、置換基を有さないものであることも好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is 1 or more, and is 2 or more because it can further improve the pigment adsorption property through hydrophobic interaction and further improve the storage stability of the resin composition. It is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, even more preferably 8 or more. The upper limit is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched because it can further improve the storage stability of the resin composition. It is more preferable that there be. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group, Examples include halogen atoms and polymerizable groups. Examples of the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Moreover, it is also preferable that the aliphatic hydrocarbon group has no substituent.
 芳香族炭化水素基および芳香族複素環基は、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。芳香族複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、窒素原子を含むことがより好ましい。芳香族複素環基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~4であることが好ましく、1~3であることがより好ましく、1または2であることが更に好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素基が多環である場合、芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる環構造の数は、2~10であることが好ましく、2~8であることがより好ましく、2~5であることが更に好ましい。
 芳香族複素環基が多環である場合、芳香族複素環基に含まれる環構造の数は、2~10であることが好ましく、2~8であることがより好ましく、2~5であることが更に好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素基および芳香族複素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、電子求引性基または電子供与性基であることが好ましい。ここで、電子求引性基とは、水素原子と比較して結合している原子側に電子を引きつけやすい置換基のことであり、電子供与性基とは、水素原子と比較して結合している原子側に電子を与えやすい置換基のことである。電子求引性基の具体例としては、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、スルホニル基などが挙げられ、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン化アルキル基であることが好ましい。電子供与性基の具体例としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基またはアミノ基であることが好ましい。
The aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The heteroatom constituting the ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably contains at least one selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and more preferably a nitrogen atom. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
When the aromatic hydrocarbon group is polycyclic, the number of ring structures contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and 2 to 5. It is even more preferable.
When the aromatic heterocyclic group is polycyclic, the number of ring structures contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and 2 to 5. It is even more preferable.
The aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group. Here, an electron-withdrawing group is a substituent that is more likely to attract electrons to the bonded atom compared to a hydrogen atom, and an electron-donating group is a substituent that is more likely to attract electrons to the bonded atom than a hydrogen atom. A substituent that tends to donate electrons to the side of the atom that is present. Specific examples of electron-withdrawing groups include halogen atoms, halogenated alkyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, carboxy groups, and sulfonyl groups. It is preferable that there be. Specific examples of the electron-donating group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, etc., and preferably an alkoxy group, a hydroxy group, or an amino group.
 芳香族炭化水素基および芳香族複素環基が多環である場合には、π-π相互作用によって顔料吸着性をより向上させることができ、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。
 芳香族炭化水素基が電子求引性基または電子供与性基を置換基として有する場合には、式(1)のXの部位の電子状態を変動させて顔料吸着性をより向上させることができ、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。
When the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group are polycyclic, the pigment adsorption property can be further improved by the π-π interaction, and the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved. can.
When the aromatic hydrocarbon group has an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent, it is possible to further improve pigment adsorption by changing the electronic state of the X 1 part in formula (1). Therefore, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved.
 式(1)のnは1~4の整数を表す。 n in formula (1) represents an integer from 1 to 4.
 式(1)のnの好ましい一態様として、nが1である態様が挙げられる。
 式(1)のnの好ましい別の態様として、nが2~4の整数である態様が挙げられる。この態様において、nは2または3であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
A preferred embodiment of n in formula (1) is an embodiment in which n is 1.
Another preferred embodiment of n in formula (1) includes an embodiment in which n is an integer of 2 to 4. In this embodiment, n is preferably 2 or 3, more preferably 2.
 式(1)のnが1である場合には、Lは、多環芳香族環基、炭素数2以上の脂肪族炭化水素基、または、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有する単環の芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 When n in formula (1) is 1, L 1 is a polycyclic aromatic ring group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms, or an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group substituted. A monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
 上記多環芳香族環基は、多環の芳香族炭化水素基であってもよく、多環の芳香族複素環基であってもよい。樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上できるという理由から多環の芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。
 上記多環芳香族環基に含まれる環構造の数は、2~10であることが好ましく、2~8であることがより好ましく、2~5であることが更に好ましい。
 上記多環芳香族環基の具体例としては、ナフタレン環基、アントラセン環基、アセナフテン環基、アセナフチレン環基、フェナレン環基、フェナントレン環基、フルオレン環基、ピレン環基、キノリン環基、イソキノリン環基、キノキサリン環基、ペンタセン環基、ベンゾピレン環基、クリセン基、トリフェニレン基、コランニュレン環基、コロネン基、オバレン環基などが挙げられる。
 多環芳香族環基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。置換基としては、電子求引性基および電子供与性基などが挙げられる。
The polycyclic aromatic ring group may be a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. A polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferred because it can further improve the storage stability of the resin composition.
The number of ring structures contained in the polycyclic aromatic ring group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and even more preferably 2 to 5.
Specific examples of the polycyclic aromatic ring group include naphthalene ring group, anthracene ring group, acenaphthene ring group, acenaphthylene ring group, phenalene ring group, phenanthrene ring group, fluorene ring group, pyrene ring group, quinoline ring group, and isoquinoline ring group. Examples include ring groups, quinoxaline ring groups, pentacene ring groups, benzopyrene ring groups, chrysene groups, triphenylene groups, corannulene ring groups, coronene groups, and obalene ring groups.
The polycyclic aromatic ring group may have a substituent or not have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include electron-withdrawing groups and electron-donating groups.
 上記脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、3以上であることが好ましく、5以上であることがより好ましく、8以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は、30以下であることが好ましく、20以下であることがより好ましく、15以下であることが更に好ましい。上記脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができるという理由から、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。上記脂肪族炭化水素基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基などが挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましく、直鎖のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。上記脂肪族炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルデヒド基、カルボニル基アシル基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、エーテル基、エステル基、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、重合性基などが挙げられる。重合性基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基などが挙げられる。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、置換基を有さないものであることも好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and even more preferably 8 or more. The upper limit is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and even more preferably 15 or less. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched because it can further improve the storage stability of the resin composition. It is more preferable that Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, etc., and an alkyl group is preferable, and a straight-chain alkyl group is more preferable. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or not have a substituent. Examples of substituents include hydroxy group, aldehyde group, carbonyl group, acyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, acyloxy group, ether group, ester group, alkyl group, aryl group, Examples include halogen atoms and polymerizable groups. Examples of the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, a styrene group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a (meth)acryloyloxy group. Moreover, it is also preferable that the aliphatic hydrocarbon group has no substituent.
 上記単環の芳香族炭化水素基としては、ベンゼン環基が挙げられる。 Examples of the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring group.
 上記単環の芳香族炭化水素基が有する電子求引性基としては、上述した電子求引性基が挙げられる。上記単環の芳香族炭化水素基は、芳香族炭化水素基のパラ位に電子求引性基を有していることが好ましい。この態様によれば、樹脂組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。上記単環の芳香族炭化水素基および上記単環の芳香族複素環基は、電子求引性基を2以上有していてもよい。
 上記単環の芳香族炭化水素基が有する電子供与性基としては、上述した電子供与性基が挙げられる。上記単環の芳香族炭化水素基は、電子供与性基を2以上有していてもよい。
Examples of the electron-withdrawing group possessed by the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group include the above-mentioned electron-withdrawing groups. The monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has an electron-withdrawing group at the para position of the aromatic hydrocarbon group. According to this aspect, the storage stability of the resin composition can be further improved. The monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group and the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group may have two or more electron-withdrawing groups.
Examples of the electron-donating group possessed by the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group include the electron-donating groups described above. The monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group may have two or more electron-donating groups.
 式(1)のnが2~4の整数である場合には、Lは、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基またはこれらの基を2以上組み合わせた基が挙げられ、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基またはこれらの基を2以上組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基および芳香族複素環基の好ましい範囲については、上述した内容と同様である。 When n in formula (1) is an integer of 2 to 4, L 1 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, or a combination of two or more of these groups. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a combination of two or more of these groups is preferred. The preferred ranges of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, and aromatic heterocyclic group are the same as described above.
 Lが表す基の具体例としては、以下に示す基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the group represented by L 1 include the groups shown below.
 特定化合物の波長400~700nmの範囲のモル吸光係数の最大値は、3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であり、1000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、10L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが更に好ましい。 The maximum value of the molar extinction coefficient of the specific compound in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm is 3000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less, preferably 1000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less, and 100 L·mol It is more preferably -1 ·cm -1 or less, and even more preferably 10 L·mol -1 ·cm -1 or less.
 特定化合物の分子量は、475以下であり、465以下であることが好ましく、460以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、150以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましく、250以上であることが更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the specific compound is 475 or less, preferably 465 or less, and more preferably 460 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more.
 特定化合物の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の分散助剤M-1~M-53で示した構造の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the specific compound include compounds having the structures shown in the dispersion aids M-1 to M-53 described in Examples below.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における特定化合物の含有量は、0.01~15質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、12質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、0.05質量%以上であることが好ましく、1質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
 特定化合物との合計の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して1~30質量部が好ましい。下限は2質量部以上であることが好ましく、4質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は15質量部以下であることが好ましく、10質量部以下であることがより好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、特定化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the specific compound in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 15% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 12% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
The total content with the specific compound is preferably 1 to 30 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 4 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less.
The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of specific compound, or may contain two or more types of specific compounds. When two or more types of resin are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<顔料誘導体>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することができる。顔料誘導体は例えば分散助剤として用いられる。顔料誘導体としては、色素構造およびトリアジン構造からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造と、酸基または塩基性基とを有する化合物が挙げられる。
<<Pigment derivative>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative. Pigment derivatives are used, for example, as dispersion aids. Examples of the pigment derivative include compounds having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a pigment structure and a triazine structure, and an acid group or a basic group.
 上記色素構造としては、キノリン色素構造、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素構造、ベンゾイソインドール色素構造、ベンゾチアゾール色素構造、イミニウム色素構造、スクアリリウム色素構造、クロコニウム色素構造、オキソノール色素構造、ピロロピロール色素構造、ジケトピロロピロール色素構造、アゾ色素構造、アゾメチン色素構造、フタロシアニン色素構造、ナフタロシアニン色素構造、アントラキノン色素構造、キナクリドン色素構造、ジオキサジン色素構造、ペリノン色素構造、ペリレン色素構造、チアジンインジゴ色素構造、チオインジゴ色素構造、イソインドリン色素構造、イソインドリノン色素構造、キノフタロン色素構造、ジチオール色素構造、トリアリールメタン色素構造、ピロメテン色素構造等が挙げられる。 The above dye structures include quinoline dye structure, benzimidazolone dye structure, benzisoindole dye structure, benzothiazole dye structure, iminium dye structure, squarylium dye structure, croconium dye structure, oxonol dye structure, pyrrolopyrrole dye structure, diketo Pyrrolopyrrole dye structure, azo dye structure, azomethine dye structure, phthalocyanine dye structure, naphthalocyanine dye structure, anthraquinone dye structure, quinacridone dye structure, dioxazine dye structure, perinone dye structure, perylene dye structure, thiazine indigo dye structure, thioindigo dye structure, isoindoline dye structure, isoindolinone dye structure, quinophthalone dye structure, dithiol dye structure, triarylmethane dye structure, pyrromethene dye structure, etc.
 顔料誘導体が有する酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸およびフェノール性ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。 Examples of acid groups possessed by pigment derivatives include carboxy groups, sulfo groups, phosphoric acid groups, phosphonic acids, and phenolic hydroxy groups.
 顔料誘導体が有する塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the basic group that the pigment derivative has include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salts, an ammonium group salt, and a phthalimidomethyl group. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
 顔料誘導体は、可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を用いることもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがさらに好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 As the pigment derivative, a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative) can also be used. The maximum molar extinction coefficient (εmax) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 3000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less, and preferably 1000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less. is more preferable, and even more preferably 100 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or more, and may be 10 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or more.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、特開昭56-118462号公報に記載の化合物、特開昭63-264674号公報に記載の化合物、特開平01-217077号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-009961号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-026767号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-153780号公報に記載の化合物、特開平03-045662号公報に記載の化合物、特開平04-285669号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-145546号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-212088号公報に記載の化合物、特開平06-240158号公報に記載の化合物、特開平10-030063号公報に記載の化合物、特開平10-195326号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落番号0086~0098に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落番号0063~0094に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/038252号の段落番号0082に記載の化合物、特開2015-151530号公報の段落番号0171に記載の化合物、特開2011-252065号公報の段落番号0162~0183に記載の化合物、特開2003-081972号公報に記載の化合物、特許第5299151号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172732号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-199308号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-085562号公報に記載の化合物、特開2014-035351号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-081565号公報に記載の化合物、特開2019-109512号公報に記載の化合物、特開2019-133154号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/002106号に記載のチオール連結基を有するジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩などが挙げられる。顔料誘導体として、特許第6996282号の一般式(1)に記載のイソインドリン骨格を有する化合物を使用してもよい。 Specific examples of pigment derivatives include compounds described in JP-A-56-118462, compounds described in JP-A-63-264674, compounds described in JP-A-01-217077, and JP-A-03-1999. Compounds described in JP-A-03-026767, compounds described in JP-A-03-153780, compounds described in JP-A-03-045662, JP-A-04-285669 Compounds described in JP-A No. 06-145546, compounds described in JP-A No. 06-212088, compounds described in JP-A No. 06-240158, compounds described in JP-A No. 10-030063 Compounds described in JP-A-10-195326, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of International Publication No. 2011/024896, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399. Compounds, compounds described in paragraph number 0082 of International Publication No. 2017/038252, compounds described in paragraph number 0171 of JP 2015-151530, paragraphs 0162 to 0183 of JP 2011-252065, Compounds, compounds described in JP 2003-081972, compounds described in JP 5299151, compounds described in JP 2015-172732, compounds described in JP 2014-199308, JP Compounds described in JP 2014-085562, compounds described in JP 2014-035351, compounds described in JP 2008-081565, compounds described in JP 2019-109512, JP 2019- Compounds described in No. 133154, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds having a thiol linking group described in International Publication No. 2020/002106, benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244, etc. It will be done. As the pigment derivative, a compound having an isoindoline skeleton described in the general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282 may be used.
 顔料誘導体と上述した特定化合物との合計の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して1~30質量部が好ましい。下限は2質量部以上であることが好ましく、4質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上限は15質量部以下であることが好ましく、10質量部以下であることがより好ましい。
 顔料誘導体の含有量は、上述した特定化合物の100質量部に対して10~90質量部が好ましく、15~85質量部がより好ましく、20~80質量部が更に好ましい。
 顔料誘導体は1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上併用する場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
The total content of the pigment derivative and the above-mentioned specific compound is preferably 1 to 30 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 4 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less.
The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 10 to 90 parts by weight, more preferably 15 to 85 parts by weight, and even more preferably 20 to 80 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned specific compound.
Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は顔料誘導体を実質的に含有しないことも好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物は顔料誘導体を実質的に含有しない場合とは、樹脂組成物の全固形分中における顔料誘導体の含有量が0.1質量%以下であることを意味し、0.05質量%以下であることがより好ましく、顔料誘導体を含有しないことが更に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a pigment derivative. When the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a pigment derivative, it means that the content of the pigment derivative in the total solid content of the resin composition is 0.1% by mass or less, and 0.05% by mass. It is more preferable that it is at most % by mass, and even more preferably that it does not contain a pigment derivative.
<<重合性化合物>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合性化合物を含有することが好ましい。重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。本発明で用いられる重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
<<Polymerizable compound>>
It is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. Examples of the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, (meth)allyl group, and (meth)acryloyl group. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.
 重合性化合物としては、モノマー、プレポリマー、オリゴマーなどの化学的形態のいずれであってもよいが、モノマーが好ましい。重合性化合物の分子量は、100~2500が好ましい。上限は、2000以下が好ましく、1500以下がより好ましい。下限は、150以上が好ましく、250以上がより好ましい。 The polymerizable compound may be in any chemical form such as a monomer, prepolymer, or oligomer, but monomers are preferred. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 2,500. The upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
 重合性化合物のエチレン性不飽和結合含有基価(以下、C=C価という)は、樹脂組成物の保存安定性の観点から2~14mmol/gであることが好ましい。下限は、3mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、4mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、5mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。上限は12mmol/g以下であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以下であることがより好ましく、8mmol/g以下であることが更に好ましい。重合性化合物のC=C価は、重合性化合物の1分子中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合含有基の数を重合性化合物の分子量で割ることで算出した値である。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group value (hereinafter referred to as C═C value) of the polymerizable compound is preferably 2 to 14 mmol/g from the viewpoint of storage stability of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 3 mmol/g or more, more preferably 4 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 5 mmol/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 12 mmol/g or less, more preferably 10 mmol/g or less, and even more preferably 8 mmol/g or less. The C═C value of a polymerizable compound is a value calculated by dividing the number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups contained in one molecule of the polymerizable compound by the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound.
 重合性化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を3個以上含む化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を4個以上含む化合物であることがより好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基の上限は、樹脂組成物の保存安定性の観点から15個以下であることが好ましく、10個以下であることがより好ましく、6個以下であることが更に好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましく、3~10官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが更に好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが特に好ましい。重合性化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound containing three or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and more preferably a compound containing four or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. The upper limit of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less from the viewpoint of storage stability of the resin composition. Further, the polymerizable compound is preferably a trifunctional or higher functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a trifunctional to 15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a trifunctional to 10 functional (meth)acrylate compound. More preferably, it is a tri- to hexa-functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples of polymerizable compounds include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP 2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-029760, paragraph 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970, and The compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of JP 2013-253224, paragraph 0477 of JP 2012-208494, JP 2017-048367, JP 6057891, and JP 6031807 are , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートおよびこれらの化合物の変性体などが挙げられる。変性体としては、エトキシ化ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートなど、上記の化合物の(メタ)アクリロイル基がアルキレンオキシ基を介して結合している構造の化合物などが挙げられる。具体例としては、式(Z-4)で表される化合物、式(Z-5)で表される化合物などが挙げられる。 Examples of polymerizable compounds include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, and modified products of these compounds. Can be mentioned. Examples of the modified product include compounds having a structure in which the (meth)acryloyl groups of the above compounds are bonded via an alkyleneoxy group, such as ethoxylated dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate. Specific examples include compounds represented by formula (Z-4) and compounds represented by formula (Z-5).
 式(Z-4)及び(Z-5)中、Eは、各々独立に、-((CHCHO)-、又は-((CHCH(CH)O)-を表し、yは、各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、Xは、各々独立に、(メタ)アクリロイル基、水素原子、又はカルボキシ基を表す。式(Z-4)中、(メタ)アクリロイル基の合計は3個又は4個であり、mは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、各mの合計は0~40の整数である。式(Z-5)中、(メタ)アクリロイル基の合計は5個又は6個であり、nは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、各nの合計は0~60の整数である。 In formulas (Z-4) and (Z-5), E is each independently -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)-, or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- , each y independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and each X independently represents a (meth)acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxy group. In formula (Z-4), the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 3 or 4, each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40. In formula (Z-5), the total number of (meth)acryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60.
 式(Z-4)中、mは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。また、各mの合計は、2~40の整数が好ましく、2~16の整数がより好ましく、4~8の整数が特に好ましい。
 式(Z-5)中、nは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。また、各nの合計は、3~60の整数が好ましく、3~24の整数がより好ましく、6~12の整数が特に好ましい。
 式(Z-4)又は式(Z-5)中のE、すなわち-((CHCHO)-又は-((CHCH(CH)O)-は、酸素原子側の末端がXに結合する形態が好ましい。
In formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. Further, the sum of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
In formula (Z-5), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. Further, the sum of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
E in formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5), that is, -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- is an oxygen atom A form in which the side end is bonded to X is preferable.
 重合性化合物としては下記式(Z-6)に示すようなポリペンタエリスリトールポリ(メタ)アクリレートを使用することもできる。
 式(Z-6)中、X~Xはそれぞれ独立して水素原子または(メタ)アクリロイル基を表し、nは1~10の整数を表す。ただし、X~Xの少なくとも一つは(メタ)アクリロイル基である。
As the polymerizable compound, polypentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate as shown in the following formula (Z-6) can also be used.
In formula (Z-6), X 1 to X 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a (meth)acryloyl group, and n represents an integer of 1 to 10. However, at least one of X 1 to X 6 is a (meth)acryloyl group.
 本発明で用いられる重合性化合物は、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリペンタエリスリトールポリ(メタ)アクリレートおよびこれらの変性体からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。市販品としては、KAYARAD D-310、DPHA、DPEA-12(以上、日本化薬(株)製)、NKエステルA-DPH-12E、TPOA-50(新中村化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is at least one selected from the group consisting of dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, polypentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate, and modified products thereof. Preferably it is a seed. Commercially available products include KAYARAD D-310, DPHA, DPEA-12 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), NK Ester A-DPH-12E, and TPOA-50 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Can be mentioned.
 重合性化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)、EBECRYL80(ダイセル・オルネクス社製、アミン含有4官能アクリレート)などを用いることもできる。 Examples of polymerizable compounds include diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercial product: M-460; manufactured by Toagosei), pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK ester) A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) ), NK Oligo UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), EBECRYL80 ( Amine-containing tetrafunctional acrylate (manufactured by Daicel Allnex) can also be used.
 重合性化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Polymerizable compounds include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol. It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as tri(meth)acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Examples include.
 重合性化合物としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。このような化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-305、M-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, a compound having an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group can also be used. Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 重合性化合物としては、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物については、特開2013-253224号公報の段落0042~0045の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されている、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. Regarding the compound having a caprolactone structure, the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A No. 2013-253224 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Examples of compounds having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120, which are commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series.
 重合性化合物としては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used. Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 重合性化合物としては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the polymerizable compound, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmentally controlled substances such as toluene. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 重合性化合物としては、特公昭48-041708号公報、特開昭51-037193号公報、特公平02-032293号公報、特公平02-016765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-049860号公報、特公昭56-017654号公報、特公昭62-039417号公報、特公昭62-039418号公報に記載されたエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物も好適である。また、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平01-105238号公報に記載された分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する重合性化合物を用いることも好ましい。また、重合性化合物は、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)などの市販品を用いることもできる。 Examples of the polymerizable compound include urethane acrylates as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765; Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also suitable. It is also preferable to use polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-01-105238. In addition, the polymerizable compounds include UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, Commercially available products such as T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における重合性化合物の含有量は、1~35質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、25質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、10質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合性化合物を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。重合性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 1 to 35% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, even more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds. When two or more types of polymerizable compounds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above range.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は光重合開始剤を含有することができる。本発明の樹脂組成物が重合性化合物を含む場合、本発明の樹脂組成物は更に光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<<Photopolymerization initiator>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a photopolymerization initiator. When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet to visible range are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開2020-055992号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開2013-190459号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-013379号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2022-015747号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、特表2021-507058号公報に記載のフッ素含有フルオレンオキシムエステル系光開始剤などが挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds with a triazine skeleton, compounds with an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, and hexaarylbylene compounds. Preferred are imidazole compounds, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds, oxime compounds, α-hydroxyketones The compound is more preferably a compound selected from a compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound. In addition, as photopolymerization initiators, compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No. 3,2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, JP 2019-043864 The photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A No. 2019-044030, the peroxide-based initiator described in JP-A No. 2019-167313, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A No. 2020-055992 The aminoacetophenone initiator having an oxazolidine group as described, the oxime photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2013-190459, the polymer described in JP 2020-172619, the WO 2020/152120 The compound represented by the formula 1 described in JP-A No. 2021-181406, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A No. 2022-013379, the formula (1) described in JP-A No. 2022-015747 ), the fluorine-containing fluorene oxime ester photoinitiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2021-507058, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物の具体例としては、2,2’,4-トリス(2-クロロフェニル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニル-1,1’-ビイミダゾールなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole, etc. can be mentioned.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, and Irgacure 117. 3, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all BASF (manufactured by a company). Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, and Irgacure 36. 9, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF) (manufactured by). Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF), and the like.
 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物、特開2021-173858号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物や段落0022から0024に記載の化合物、特開2021-170089号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物や段落0117から0120に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-301、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(TRONLY社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-080068, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166, and the compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660); C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), JP-A-2000-0 Compounds described in Publication No. 66385, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-534797, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-019766, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, International Publication No. 2015 /152153, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP 2017-198865, the compound described in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, Compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515, compounds represented by general formula (1) in JP-A No. 2021-173858, compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024, general formula in JP-A No. 2021-170089 Examples include the compound represented by (1) and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120. Specific examples of oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-301, TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by TRONLY). ), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., photopolymerization initiator 2) described in JP-A-2012-014052 can be mentioned. Further, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound without coloring property or a compound with high transparency and resistance to discoloration. Commercially available products include ADEKA Arkles NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6636081号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2016-0109444号公報に記載の化合物、特表2020-507664号公報に記載のフルオレニルアミノケトン類光開始剤、国際公開第2021/023144号に記載のオキシムエステル化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A No. 2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444, Examples include fluorenylaminoketone photoinitiators described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2020-507664 and oxime ester compounds described in International Publication No. 2021/023144.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, it is also possible to use an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
 光重合開始剤としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-500852, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2013-164471. Examples include compound (C-3).
 光重合開始剤としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is in the form of a dimer. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012, and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466, Examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, and Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, it is also possible to use an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton. Examples of such photopolymerization initiators include compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 光重合開始剤としては、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物(以下、オキシム化合物OXともいう)を用いることもできる。上記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基としては、アシル基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基が挙げられ、アシル基およびニトロ基が好ましく、アシル基であることがより好ましく、ベンゾイル基であることが更に好ましい。ベンゾイル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基またはアミノ基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基またはアミノ基であることが更に好ましい。 As the photopolymerization initiator, it is also possible to use an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 (hereinafter also referred to as oxime compound OX) in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into the aromatic ring. Examples of the electron-withdrawing group possessed by the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group, An acyl group and a nitro group are preferred, an acyl group is more preferred, and a benzoyl group is even more preferred. The benzoyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, hydroxy groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, heterocyclic groups, heterocyclic oxy groups, alkenyl groups, alkylsulfanyl groups, arylsulfanyl groups, It is preferably an acyl group or an amino group, and more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, or an amino group. More preferably, it is a sulfanyl group or an amino group.
 オキシム化合物OXの具体例としては、特許第4600600号公報の段落番号0083~0105に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4,600,600.
 本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. In addition, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably from 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably from 2000 to 300,000, and even more preferably from 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable that there be. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
 光重合開始剤としては、Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製)および/またはIrgacure OXE02(BASF社製)と、Omnirad 2959(IGM Resins B.V.社製)とを組み合わせて用いることも好ましい。 As the photopolymerization initiator, it is also preferable to use a combination of Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) and/or Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) and Omnirad 2959 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.).
 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、樹脂組成物の保存安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)および化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落番号0007に記載されているオキシムエステル類光開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落番号0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落番号0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)、特許第6469669号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル光開始剤などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a difunctional, trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a radical photopolymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound with an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity decreases and the solubility in solvents improves, making it difficult to precipitate over time and improving the storage stability of the resin composition. . Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiators include those listed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-532675. Dimers of oxime compounds described in paragraph numbers 0407 to 0412, paragraph numbers 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compound (E) and compound ( G), Cmpd1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, oxime ester photoinitiators described in paragraph number 0007 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-523465, Photoinitiators described in paragraph numbers 0020 to 0033, photoinitiators (A) described in paragraph numbers 0017 to 0026 of JP2017-151342A, and photoinitiators (A) described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669. Examples include oxime ester photoinitiators.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤の含有量は0.1~20質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、15質量%以下が好ましく、10質量%以下がより好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物において、光重合開始剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less. In the resin composition of the present invention, only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<<Solvent>>
It is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The type of solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition. Examples of the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. For these details, paragraph number 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Ester solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxy Butanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as Examples include diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol. However, it may be better to reduce the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons (for example, 50 mass ppm (parts) based on the total amount of organic solvents). per million), 10 mass ppm or less, and 1 mass ppm or less).
 本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は,例えば、東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content. It is preferable that the metal content of the organic solvent is, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent at a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, November 13, 2015). .
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one type of isomer may be included, or multiple types may be included.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 It is preferable that the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is 0.8 mmol/L or less, and it is more preferable that the organic solvent contains substantially no peroxide.
 樹脂組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~95質量%であることが好ましく、20~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the resin composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.
 また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、樹脂組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えば、ベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、樹脂組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として樹脂組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば、重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、またはこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した樹脂組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances. In the present invention, "not substantially containing environmentally controlled substances" means that the content of environmentally controlled substances in the resin composition is 50 mass ppm or less, preferably 30 mass ppm or less. , more preferably 10 mass ppm or less, particularly preferably 1 mass ppm or less. Examples of environmentally controlled substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These are REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals) rules, PRTR (Pollutant Release and It is registered as an environmentally regulated substance under the Transfer Register Act, VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) regulations, etc., and its usage and handling are The method is strictly regulated. These compounds are sometimes used as solvents when producing each component used in the resin composition, and may be mixed into the resin composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental considerations, it is preferable to reduce the amount of these substances as much as possible. Examples of methods for reducing environmentally controlled substances include a method of heating or reducing pressure in the system to raise the temperature above the boiling point of the environmentally controlled substance to distill off the environmentally controlled substances from the system. Furthermore, when distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is also useful to carry out azeotropy with a solvent having the same boiling point as the relevant solvent in order to increase efficiency. In addition, if a compound that has radical polymerizability is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like may be added to prevent the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding during vacuum distillation and crosslinking between molecules. It's okay. These distillation methods can be used at the stage of raw materials, at the stage of products obtained by reacting raw materials (for example, resin solution or polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or at the stage of resin compositions prepared by mixing these compounds. This is possible at any stage.
<<熱架橋剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上述した樹脂及び重合性化合物以外の成分として熱架橋剤を含有することができる。熱架橋剤としては、環状エーテル基を有する化合物が挙げられる。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられる。エポキシ基は、脂環式エポキシ基であってもよい。なお、脂環式エポキシ基とは、エポキシ環と飽和炭化水素環とが縮合した環状構造を有する1価の官能基のことを意味する。環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、エポキシ基を有する化合物(以下、エポキシ化合物ともいう)であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1つ以上有する化合物が挙げられ、エポキシ基を2つ以上有する化合物が好ましい。エポキシ化合物はエポキシ基を1分子内に1~100個有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ化合物に含まれるエポキシ基の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ化合物に含まれるエポキシ基の下限は、2個以上が好ましい。エポキシ化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物、特開2021-195421号公報に記載のキサンテン型エポキシ樹脂、特開2021-195422号公報に記載のキサンテン型エポキシ樹脂を用いることもできる。
<<Thermal crosslinking agent>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a thermal crosslinking agent as a component other than the above-mentioned resin and polymerizable compound. Examples of the thermal crosslinking agent include compounds having a cyclic ether group. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. The epoxy group may be a cycloaliphatic epoxy group. Note that the alicyclic epoxy group means a monovalent functional group having a cyclic structure in which an epoxy ring and a saturated hydrocarbon ring are condensed. The compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter also referred to as an epoxy compound). Examples of the epoxy compound include compounds having one or more epoxy groups in one molecule, and preferably compounds having two or more epoxy groups. The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the epoxy groups contained in the epoxy compound is preferably two or more. Examples of epoxy compounds include those described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP2013-011869, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP2014-043556, and paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of JP2014-089408. Compounds, compounds described in JP 2017-179172, xanthene type epoxy resins described in JP 2021-195421, and xanthene epoxy resins described in JP 2021-195422 can also be used.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば、分子量2000未満、さらには、分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。環状エーテル基を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下がさらに好ましく、5000以下が特に好ましく、3000以下が一層好ましい。 The compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low-molecular compound (e.g., molecular weight less than 2,000, further, molecular weight less than 1,000), or a macromolecule (e.g., molecular weight 1,000 or more, in the case of a polymer, a weight average molecular weight may be 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、例えば、EHPE3150((株)ダイセル製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC(株)製)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(以上、日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)等が挙げられる。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物として後述する実施例に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include, for example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, and G-0130SP. -0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (all of which are epoxy group-containing polymers manufactured by NOF Corporation). Further, as a compound having a cyclic ether group, compounds described in Examples described later can also be used.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における熱架橋剤の含有量は、0.1~20質量%が好ましい。下限は、例えば0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、例えば、15質量%以下がより好ましく、10質量%以下がさらに好ましい。熱架橋剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the thermal crosslinking agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The lower limit is, for example, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less. Only one type of thermal crosslinking agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<硬化促進剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、硬化促進剤を含んでもよい。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/056189号の段落番号0094~0097に記載の化合物、特開2015-034963号公報の段落番号0246~0253に記載の化合物、特開2013-041165号公報の段落番号0186~0251に記載の化合物、特開2014-055114号公報に記載のイオン性化合物、特開2012-150180号公報の段落番号0071~0080に記載の化合物、特開2011-253054号公報に記載のエポキシ基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物、特許第5765059号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載の化合物、特開2017-036379号公報に記載のカルボキシ基含有エポキシ硬化剤、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は0.3~8.9質量%が好ましく、0.8~6.4質量%がより好ましい。
<<Curing accelerator>>
The resin composition of the present invention may also contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidine salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, onium salt compounds, and the like. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0094 to 0097 of International Publication No. 2018/056189, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0246 to 0253 of JP 2015-034963, and JP 2013-041165. Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0186 to 0251 of JP-A No. 2014-055114, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0071 to 0080 of JP-A-2012-150180, JP-A-2011-253054 Alkoxysilane compounds having epoxy groups as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 5765059, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0085 to 0092 of Japanese Patent No. 5765059, carboxyl group-containing epoxy curing agents described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-036379, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2021- Examples include compounds described in JP 181406. The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8 to 6.4% by mass.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0179に記載の化合物、特開2021-178918号公報に記載の反応性トリアジン紫外線吸収剤、特開2022-007884号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤を用いることもできる。
<<Ultraviolet absorber>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and the like. Specific examples of such compounds include the compound described in paragraph number 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorber described in JP 2021-178918, and JP 2022-007884. It is also possible to use the ultraviolet absorbers described in .
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~5質量%がより好ましい。本発明において、紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. In the present invention, only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Polymerization inhibitor>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), Examples include 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.). Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass. The number of polymerization inhibitors may be one, or two or more. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本発明において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-602)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-603)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-602)、γ-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-903)、γ-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-502)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製、商品名 KBM-503)等がある。また、シランカップリング剤の具体例については、特開2009-288703号公報の段落番号0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落番号0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~10.0質量%がより好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Silane coupling agent>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. In the present invention, the silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. Furthermore, the term "hydrolyzable group" refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond through at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, mercapto groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, amino groups, ureido groups, sulfide groups, and isocyanate groups. , phenyl group, etc., and amino group, (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferable. Specific examples of silane coupling agents include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-602), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-amino Propyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-602), γ-Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-903), γ-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBE-903), 3-methacryloxy Examples include propylmethyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-502), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name KBM-503), and the like. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A No. 2009-288703 and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056 to 0066 of JP-A-2009-242604. , the contents of which are incorporated herein. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass. Only one type of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤またはフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤を参照することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Surfactant>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone surfactant or a fluorine surfactant. Regarding the surfactant, reference can be made to the surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、樹脂組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorine surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid saving, and also has good solubility in the resin composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0167~0169に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0167 to 0169 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 can be used.
 フッ素系界面活性剤は、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤は、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開2010-032698号公報の段落番号0016~0037に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3000~50000であり、例えば、14000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
A block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant. The fluorine-based surfactant has a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and two or more (preferably five or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy group, propyleneoxy group) (meth). A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. Further, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A No. 2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-containing surfactant used in the present invention.
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example 14,000. In the above compounds, % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090および段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、DIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物、特開2022-000494号公報に記載の含フッ素共重合体を用いることもできる。 Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A No. 2010-164965, Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, Examples include RS-72-K. Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0015 to 0158 of JP-A No. 2015-117327 and fluorine-containing copolymers described in JP-A No. 2022-000494 can also be used.
 また、国際公開第2020/084854号に記載の界面活性剤を、炭素数6以上のパーフルオロアルキル基を有する界面活性剤の代替として用いることも、環境規制の観点から好ましい。 Furthermore, it is also preferable from the viewpoint of environmental regulations to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/084854 as a substitute for a surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms.
 また、式(fi-1)で表される含フッ素イミド塩化合物を界面活性剤として用いることも好ましい。
 式(fi-1)中、mは1または2を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、aは1または2を表し、Xa+はa価の金属イオン、第1級アンモニウムイオン、第2級アンモニウムイオン、第3級アンモニウムイオン、第4級アンモニウムイオンまたはNH を表す。
It is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
In formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, a represents 1 or 2, and X a+ represents an a-valent metal ion, a primary ammonium ion, a Represents a secondary ammonium ion, a tertiary ammonium ion, a quaternary ammonium ion, or NH 4 + .
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Fujifilm Wa (manufactured by Hikari Junyaku Co., Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Olfin E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ), etc.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、DOWSIL SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), and TSF- 4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) , BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK Chemie), and the like.
 また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
Moreover, a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone surfactant.
 樹脂組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~3.0質量%がより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% to 3.0% by mass. The number of surfactants may be one, or two or more. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<酸化防止剤>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。樹脂組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Antioxidant>>
The resin composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant. Examples of antioxidants include phenol compounds, phosphite compounds, thioether compounds, and the like. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. Preferred phenol compounds include hindered phenol compounds. A compound having a substituent at a site adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group (ortho position) is preferred. The above-mentioned substituents are preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Further, as the antioxidant, a compound having a phenol group and a phosphorous acid ester group in the same molecule is also preferable. Further, as the antioxidant, phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be suitably used. As a phosphorus antioxidant, tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepine-6 -yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl )oxy]ethyl]amine, ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) phosphite, and the like. Commercially available antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.). In addition, antioxidants include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0023 to 0048 of Patent No. 6268967, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/164024, Compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<その他成分>>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、本発明の樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
<<Other ingredients>>
The resin composition of the present invention may contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers, and other auxiliary agents (for example, conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, (leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.) may also be included. By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted. These components are described, for example, in paragraphs 0183 and after of JP-A-2012-003225 (corresponding paragraph 0237 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), and in paragraphs of JP-A-2008-250074. The descriptions of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification. Furthermore, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. A latent antioxidant is a compound whose moiety that functions as an antioxidant is protected with a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. Examples include compounds that function as antioxidants by removing protective groups. Examples of the latent antioxidant include compounds described in WO 2014/021023, WO 2017/030005, and JP 2017-008219. Commercially available latent antioxidants include Adeka Arcles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1~100nmが好ましく、3~70nmがより好ましく、5~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The resin composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film. Examples of metal oxides include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 . The primary particle diameter of the metal oxide is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 3 to 70 nm, even more preferably 5 to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. Further, in this case, the core portion may be hollow.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0183に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 The resin composition of the present invention may also contain a light resistance improver. Examples of the light resistance improver include compounds described in paragraph number 0183 of International Publication No. 2022/085485.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、樹脂組成物の全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、遊離の金属含有量が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppmいかであることがより好ましい。また、遊離のハロゲン含有量は100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。樹脂組成物中の遊離の金属やハロゲンの低減方法としては、イオン交換水による洗浄、ろ過、限外ろ過、イオン交換樹脂による精製等の方法が挙げられる。
It is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain terephthalic acid ester. Here, "substantially not containing" means that the content of terephthalic acid ester is 1000 mass ppb or less in the total amount of the resin composition, more preferably 100 mass ppb or less, Particularly preferred is zero.
The resin composition of the present invention preferably has a free metal content of 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Further, the free halogen content is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less. Examples of methods for reducing free metals and halogens in the resin composition include washing with ion-exchanged water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification using ion-exchange resins.
 環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本発明の樹脂組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない樹脂組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本発明の樹脂組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the perspective of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acids and their salts, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids and their salts may be regulated. In the resin composition of the present invention, when reducing the content of the above-mentioned compounds, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acids (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acids whose perfluoroalkyl group has 6 to 8 carbon atoms), salts thereof, and perfluoroalkylsulfonic acids, The content of fluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid whose perfluoroalkyl group has 6 to 8 carbon atoms) and its salt is 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb based on the total solid content of the resin composition. It is preferably in the range of , more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb. The resin composition of the present invention may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt. For example, by using a compound that can be substituted for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can be substituted for perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salt, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid You may also select a resin composition that is substantially free of and salts thereof. Compounds that can be substituted for regulated compounds include, for example, compounds that are excluded from regulated targets due to differences in the number of carbon atoms in perfluoroalkyl groups. However, the above content does not preclude the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acids and salts thereof, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acids and salts thereof. The resin composition of the present invention may contain perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acids and salts thereof, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids and salts thereof, within the maximum allowable range.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の含水率は、通常3質量%以下であり、0.01~1.5質量%が好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The water content of the resin composition of the present invention is usually 3% by mass or less, preferably from 0.01 to 1.5% by mass, and more preferably from 0.1 to 1.0% by mass. The water content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。 The resin composition of the present invention can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface condition (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, etc. The value of viscosity can be appropriately selected as required, but for example, at 25° C., 0.3 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s is preferable, and 0.5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s is more preferable. The viscosity can be measured using, for example, a cone plate type viscometer with the temperature adjusted to 25°C.
<<収容容器>>
 樹脂組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や樹脂組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、容器内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、樹脂組成物の保存安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。
<<Storage container>>
The container for storing the resin composition is not particularly limited, and any known container can be used. In addition, for the purpose of suppressing impurities from entering raw materials and resin compositions, we have used multilayer bottles with container inner walls made of 6 types of 6 layers of resin, and bottles with 7 layers of 6 types of resin as storage containers. It is also preferable to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A No. 2015-123351. Further, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass, stainless steel, etc. for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, increasing the storage stability of the resin composition, and suppressing component deterioration.
<樹脂組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。樹脂組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解および/または分散して樹脂組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液または分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して樹脂組成物を調製してもよい。
<Method for preparing resin composition>
The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. When preparing a resin composition, the resin composition may be prepared by simultaneously dissolving and/or dispersing all components in a solvent, or, if necessary, each component may be prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions as appropriate. The resin composition may be prepared by mixing these at the time of use (at the time of application).
 また、樹脂組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば、特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズの素材としては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼およびガラスが挙げられる。また、ビーズには、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用することもできる。樹脂組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 Furthermore, it is preferable to include a process of dispersing the pigment when preparing the resin composition. In the process of dispersing pigments, mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In addition, when pulverizing pigments in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use small-diameter beads or increase the filling rate of the beads, thereby increasing the pulverizing efficiency. Further, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, etc. after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and dispersion machine for dispersing pigments are described in ``Complete Works of Dispersion Technology, Published by Information Technology Corporation, July 15, 2005'' and ``Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid/liquid dispersion system) and industrial The process and dispersion machine described in Paragraph No. 0022 of JP 2015-157893 A, "Practical Application Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be suitably used. Further, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the particles may be made finer in a salt milling step. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process, the descriptions in JP-A No. 2015-194521 and JP-A No. 2012-046629 can be referred to, for example. Bead materials used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, and glass. Moreover, an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used for the beads. The resin composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the beads.
 樹脂組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、樹脂組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。ろ過に用いるフィルタの種類およびろ過方法としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0196~0199に記載のフィルタおよびろ過方法が挙げられる。 In preparing the resin composition, it is preferable to filter the resin composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. Examples of the type of filter and filtration method used for filtration include the filters and filtration methods described in paragraph numbers 0196 to 0199 of International Publication No. 2022/085485.
<膜>
 本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の樹脂組成物から得られる膜である。本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線透過フィルタおよび近赤外線カットフィルタなどの光学フィルタに用いることができる。
<Membrane>
The membrane of the present invention is a membrane obtained from the resin composition of the present invention described above. The film of the present invention can be used for optical filters such as color filters, near-infrared transmission filters, and near-infrared cut filters.
 本発明の膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。例えば、膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下がさらに好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上がさらに好ましい。 The film thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose. For example, the film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 本発明の膜をカラーフィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、緑色、赤色、青色、シアン色、マゼンタ色または黄色の色相を有することが好ましく、赤色の色相を有することがより好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、赤色画素であることがより好ましい。 When the film of the present invention is used as a color filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a green, red, blue, cyan, magenta, or yellow hue, and more preferably a red hue. Further, the film of the present invention can be preferably used as a colored pixel of a color filter. Examples of colored pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, yellow pixels, etc., and red pixels are more preferable.
<膜の製造方法>
 次に、本発明の膜の製造方法について説明する。本発明の膜は、本発明の樹脂組成物を塗布する工程を経て製造できる。膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法、ドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。本発明の樹脂組成物を用いてフォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成することで、現像残渣の発生をより抑制できる。
<Membrane manufacturing method>
Next, a method for manufacturing the membrane of the present invention will be explained. The film of the present invention can be manufactured through a step of applying the resin composition of the present invention. The film manufacturing method preferably further includes a step of forming a pattern (pixel). Examples of methods for forming patterns (pixels) include photolithography and dry etching, with photolithography being preferred. By forming a pattern using the resin composition of the present invention by photolithography, the generation of development residues can be further suppressed.
 フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成する工程と、樹脂組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、樹脂組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、樹脂組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、および、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。 Pattern formation by the photolithography method includes a step of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the resin composition layer to light in a pattern, and a step of exposing the resin composition layer to light. It is preferable to include a step of developing and removing the exposed portion to form a pattern (pixel). If necessary, a step of baking the resin composition layer (pre-bake step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixel) (post-bake step) may be provided.
 樹脂組成物層を形成する工程では、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて、支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30~80°であることが好ましい。 In the step of forming a resin composition layer, a resin composition layer is formed on a support using the resin composition of the present invention. The support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. may be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. Further, a charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. Further, the silicon substrate may be provided with a base layer for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing substance diffusion, or flattening the substrate surface. The surface contact angle of the underlayer is preferably 20 to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. Further, it is preferable that the angle is 30 to 80° when measured with water.
 樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0207に記載の塗布方法を用いることができる。 As a method for applying the resin composition, a known method can be used. For example, the coating method described in paragraph number 0207 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 can be used.
 支持体上に形成した樹脂組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、40~250秒がより好ましく、80~220秒がさらに好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The resin composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). If the film is manufactured by a low-temperature process, prebaking may not be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 110°C or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or higher, or 80°C or higher. The prebake time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed on a hot plate, oven, or the like.
 次に、樹脂組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、樹脂組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the resin composition layer is exposed in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the resin composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the resin composition layer to light through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. This allows the exposed portion to be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。光源としては、無電極紫外線ランプシステム、紫外線と赤外線のハイブリッド硬化を使用することができる。 Radiation (light) that can be used during exposure includes g-line, i-line, etc. Furthermore, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm). Furthermore, a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used. As a light source, an electrodeless ultraviolet lamp system, a hybrid ultraviolet and infrared curing can be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 Furthermore, during exposure, light may be exposed by continuous irradiation, or exposure may be performed by irradiation in pulses (pulse exposure). Note that pulse exposure is an exposure method in which exposure is performed by repeating light irradiation and pauses in short cycles (for example, on the millisecond level or less).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば、酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . The oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being carried out in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially The exposure may be performed in an oxygen-free atmosphere (without oxygen), or in a high oxygen atmosphere where the oxygen concentration exceeds 21 volume % (for example, 22 volume %, 30 volume %, or 50 volume %). Further, the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000W/m 2 to 100000W/m 2 (for example, 5000W/m 2 , 15000W/m 2 , or 35000W/m 2 ). Can be done. The oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, the illuminance may be 10,000 W/m 2 when the oxygen concentration is 10% by volume, and 20,000 W/m 2 when the oxygen concentration is 35% by volume.
 次に、樹脂組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。樹脂組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の樹脂組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、さらに新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed areas of the resin composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixel). The unexposed areas of the resin composition layer can be removed by development using a developer. As a result, the unexposed portions of the resin composition layer in the exposure step are eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured portions. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Furthermore, in order to improve the ability to remove residues, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。現像液、および、現像後の洗浄(リンス)方法については、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0214に記載の現像液や洗浄方法を用いることができる。 Examples of the developer include organic solvents, alkaline developers, and alkaline developers are preferably used. Regarding the developer and the cleaning (rinsing) method after development, the developer and cleaning method described in paragraph number 0214 of International Publication No. 2022/085485 can be used.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば、100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development, it is preferable to perform additional exposure treatment or heat treatment (post-bake) after drying. Additional exposure processing and post-bake are post-development curing processing to complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 240°C. Post-baking can be carried out in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or high-frequency heater to maintain the developed film under the above conditions. . When performing additional exposure processing, the light used for exposure is preferably light with a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成し、この樹脂組成物層の全体を硬化させて硬化物層を形成する工程と、この硬化物層上にフォトレジスト層を形成する工程と、フォトレジスト層をパターン状に露光したのち、現像してレジストパターンを形成する工程と、このレジストパターンをマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングする工程と、を含むことが好ましい。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、更にプリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。特に、フォトレジスト層の形成プロセスとしては、露光後の加熱処理、現像後の加熱処理(ポストベーク処理)を実施する形態が望ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Pattern formation by the dry etching method includes the steps of forming a resin composition layer on a support using the resin composition of the present invention, and curing the entire resin composition layer to form a cured product layer; A step of forming a photoresist layer on this cured material layer, a step of exposing the photoresist layer in a pattern and then developing it to form a resist pattern, and etching the cured material layer using this resist pattern as a mask. It is preferable to include a step of dry etching using gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to further perform a prebaking process. In particular, as a process for forming the photoresist layer, it is desirable to perform a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment after development (post-bake treatment). Regarding pattern formation by the dry etching method, the descriptions in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A No. 2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
<光学フィルタ>
 本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。光学フィルタの種類としては、カラーフィルタ、近赤外線カットフィルタおよび近赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタは、その画素として本発明の膜を有することが好ましく、着色画素として本発明の膜を有することがより好ましく、赤色画素として本発明の膜を有することが更に好ましい。
<Optical filter>
The optical filter of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above. Types of optical filters include color filters, near-infrared cut filters, near-infrared transmission filters, etc., and color filters are preferred. The color filter preferably has the film of the invention as its pixels, more preferably the film of the invention as colored pixels, and still more preferably the film of the invention as red pixels.
 光学フィルタは、本発明の膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01~10μmが好ましく、0.1~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、保護層形成用の樹脂組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着剤で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有しても良い。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 The optical filter may be provided with a protective layer on the surface of the film of the present invention. By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilic and hydrophobic properties, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. Examples of the method for forming the protective layer include a method of applying a resin composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of pasting a molded resin with an adhesive. Components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide. Resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine Examples include resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 and the like, and two or more of these components may be contained. For example, in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 and Si 2 N 4 . Furthermore, in the case of a protective layer intended for low reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluororesin.
 樹脂組成物を塗布して保護層を形成する場合、樹脂組成物の塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、キャスト法、スクリーン印刷法、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。樹脂組成物に含まれる有機溶剤は、公知の有機溶剤(例えば、プロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル2-アセテート、シクロペンタノン、乳酸エチル等)を用いることが出来る。保護層を化学気相蒸着法にて形成する場合、化学気相蒸着法としては、公知の化学気相蒸着法(熱化学気相蒸着法、プラズマ化学気相蒸着法、光化学気相蒸着法)を用いることができる。 When forming a protective layer by applying a resin composition, known methods such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, an inkjet method, etc. can be used as a method for applying the resin composition. As the organic solvent contained in the resin composition, known organic solvents (eg, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used. When forming the protective layer by chemical vapor deposition, known chemical vapor deposition methods (thermal chemical vapor deposition, plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition, photochemical vapor deposition) can be used as the chemical vapor deposition method. can be used.
 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機微粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有しても良い。有機・無機微粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子微粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対して0.1~70質量%が好ましく、1~60質量%がさらに好ましい。 The protective layer may contain organic/inorganic fine particles, absorbers for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet rays, near-infrared rays, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesives, surfactants, and other additives, as necessary. It may contain. Examples of organic/inorganic fine particles include polymer fine particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride. , magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, and the like. As the absorber for light of a specific wavelength, a known absorber can be used. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1 to 70% by weight, more preferably 1 to 60% by weight, based on the total weight of the protective layer.
 また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 Furthermore, as the protective layer, the protective layers described in paragraph numbers 0073 to 0092 of JP-A No. 2017-151176 can also be used.
 光学フィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned into a lattice shape by partition walls, for example.
<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の膜を備え、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid-state image sensor>
The solid-state imaging device of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above. The structure of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it includes the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor, but examples include the following structure.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。また、特開2019-211559号公報の中で示しているように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本発明の固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。 The substrate has a plurality of photodiodes that constitute the light receiving area of a solid-state image sensor (CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon or the like. A device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like is formed on the light-shielding film to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the light-receiving part of the photodiode. It has a configuration in which a color filter is provided on the device protective film. Furthermore, a configuration in which a light condensing means (for example, a microlens, etc., the same applies hereinafter) is provided on the device protective film and below the color filter (on the side closer to the substrate), or a configuration in which the condensing means is provided on the color filter, etc. There may be. Further, the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned into, for example, a lattice shape by partition walls. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-227478, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-179577, and International Publication No. 2018/043654. Further, as shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-open No. 2019-211559, an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided within the structure of the solid-state image sensor to improve light resistance. An imaging device equipped with the solid-state imaging device of the present invention can be used not only as a digital camera or an electronic device having an imaging function (such as a mobile phone), but also as a vehicle-mounted camera or a surveillance camera.
<画像表示装置>
 本発明の画像表示装置は、上述した本発明の膜を有する。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
<Image display device>
The image display device of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device. For the definition of an image display device and details of each image display device, see, for example, “Electronic Display Devices (written by Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Chosenkai Co., Ltd., published in 1990)” and “Display Devices (written by Junaki Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho)”. Co., Ltd., issued in 1989). Further, liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosenkai Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular restriction on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied, and for example, the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology."
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。 The present invention will be explained in more detail with reference to Examples below. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
<顔料分散液の製造>
 下記表に記載の素材を混合した混合液を、ビーズミル(0.1mm径のジルコニアビーズを使用)を用いて3時間混合および分散した後さらに減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて、2000MPaの圧力下で流量500g/minとして分散処理を行った。この分散処理を10回繰り返して各顔料分散液を得た。下記表に記載の数値は質量部での値である。
 各顔料分散液中の顔料の平均粒子径(nm)、各顔料分散液の粘度の値(mPa・s)についても下記の表に記す。顔料の平均粒子径は、粒子径測定装置(nanoSAQLA、大塚電子社製)を用いて動的光散乱法にて測定した。顔料分散液の粘度は、粘度計(RE-85L、東機産業(株)製)を用いて顔料分散液の温度を25℃に調整して測定した。 
<Production of pigment dispersion>
A mixture of the materials listed in the table below was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (using zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.1 mm), and then further mixed and dispersed using a high-pressure dispersion machine with a pressure reduction mechanism, NANO-3000-10 (Japan BEE). Co., Ltd.) under a pressure of 2000 MPa and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain each pigment dispersion. The numerical values listed in the table below are in parts by mass.
The average particle diameter (nm) of the pigment in each pigment dispersion and the viscosity value (mPa·s) of each pigment dispersion are also shown in the table below. The average particle diameter of the pigment was measured by a dynamic light scattering method using a particle diameter measuring device (nanoSAQLA, manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.). The viscosity of the pigment dispersion was measured using a viscometer (RE-85L, manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) while adjusting the temperature of the pigment dispersion to 25°C.
 上記表の略語で記載した素材の詳細は以下の通りである。
(色材)
 PR122 : C.I.ピグメントレッド122(キナクリドン顔料、赤色顔料)
 PR224 : C.I.ピグメントレッド224(ペリレン顔料、赤色顔料)
 PR254 : C.I.ピグメントレッド254(ジケトピロロピロール顔料、赤色顔料)
 PR272 : C.I.ピグメントレッド272(ジケトピロロピロール顔料、赤色顔料)
 PY138 : C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(キノフタロン顔料、黄色顔料)
 PY139 : C.I.ピグメントイエロー139(イソインドリン顔料、黄色顔料)
 PY150 : C.I.ピグメントイエロー150(アゾ顔料、黄色顔料)
 PY185: C.I.ピグメントイエロー185(イソインドリン顔料、黄色顔料)
 PG36 : C.I.ピグメントグリーン36(フタロシアニン顔料、緑色顔料)
 PB15:6 : C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6(フタロシアニン顔料、青色顔料)
 PV23 : C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23(ジオキサジン顔料、紫色顔料)
 PBk32 : C.I.ピグメントブラック32(ペリレン顔料、有機黒色顔料)
 IR色材1:下記構造の化合物(ピロロピロール顔料、近赤外線吸収顔料)
Details of the materials listed by abbreviations in the table above are as follows.
(color material)
PR122: C. I. Pigment Red 122 (quinacridone pigment, red pigment)
PR224: C. I. Pigment Red 224 (perylene pigment, red pigment)
PR254: C. I. Pigment Red 254 (diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, red pigment)
PR272: C. I. Pigment Red 272 (diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, red pigment)
PY138: C. I. Pigment Yellow 138 (quinophthalone pigment, yellow pigment)
PY139: C. I. Pigment Yellow 139 (isoindoline pigment, yellow pigment)
PY150: C. I. Pigment Yellow 150 (azo pigment, yellow pigment)
PY185:C. I. Pigment Yellow 185 (isoindoline pigment, yellow pigment)
PG36: C. I. Pigment Green 36 (phthalocyanine pigment, green pigment)
PB15:6: C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6 (phthalocyanine pigment, blue pigment)
PV23: C. I. Pigment Violet 23 (dioxazine pigment, purple pigment)
PBk32: C. I. Pigment Black 32 (perylene pigment, organic black pigment)
IR coloring material 1: Compound with the following structure (pyrrolopyrrole pigment, near-infrared absorbing pigment)
(分散助剤)
 M-1~M-53:下記構造の化合物
(Dispersion aid)
M-1 to M-53: Compounds with the following structure
 上記分散助剤M-1~M-53の分子量および波長400~700nmの範囲のモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は以下の通りである。
The molecular weights and maximum molar absorption coefficients (ε max ) in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm of the dispersion aids M-1 to M-53 are as follows.
 MC-1:下記構造の化合物(分子量:255、εmax:10L・mol-1・cm-1以下)
 MC-2:下記構造の化合物(分子量:785、εmax:3000L・mol-1・cm-1を超える)
 誘導体A:下記構造の化合物(分子量:768、εmax:3000L・mol-1・cm-1を超える)
 誘導体B:下記構造の化合物(分子量:403、εmax:3000L・mol-1・cm-1を超える)
MC-1: Compound with the following structure (molecular weight: 255, ε max : 10 L・mol −1・cm −1 or less)
MC-2: Compound with the following structure (molecular weight: 785, ε max : more than 3000 L・mol −1・cm −1 )
Derivative A: Compound with the following structure (molecular weight: 768, ε max : more than 3000 L・mol −1・cm −1 )
Derivative B: Compound with the following structure (molecular weight: 403, ε max : more than 3000 L・mol −1・cm −1 )
(樹脂)
 P-1:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量:7000。
(resin)
P-1: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight: 7000.
 P-2:以下の方法で合成した樹脂
 メチルメタクリレート50質量部、n-ブチルメタクリレート50質量部、PGMEA(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート)45.4質量部を反応容器に仕込み、雰囲気ガスを窒素ガスで置換した。反応容器内を70℃に加熱して、3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール6質量部を添加して、さらにAIBN(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル)0.12質量部を加え、12時間反応させた。固形分測定により95%が反応したことを確認した。次に、ピロメリット酸無水物9.7質量部、PGMEA70.3質量部、触媒としてDBU(1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン)0.20質量部を追加し、120℃で7時間反応させた。酸価の測定で98%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認し反応を終了させ、酸価43mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9000の樹脂P-2を得た。
P-2: Resin synthesized by the following method 50 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 50 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts by mass of PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) were charged into a reaction vessel, and the atmosphere was replaced with nitrogen gas. Replaced. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 70°C, 6 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol was added, and further 0.12 parts by mass of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) was added, followed by reaction for 12 hours. I let it happen. It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted. Next, 9.7 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 70.3 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 0.20 parts by mass of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene) were added as a catalyst. , and reacted at 120°C for 7 hours. After measuring the acid value, it was confirmed that 98% or more of the acid anhydride had been half-esterified, and the reaction was terminated to obtain resin P-2 having an acid value of 43 mgKOH/g and a weight average molecular weight of 9,000.
 P-3:以下の方法で合成した樹脂
 メチルメタクリレート50質量部、n-ブチルメタクリレート30質量部、t-ブチルメタクリレート20質量部、PGMEA45.4質量部を反応容器に仕込み、雰囲気ガスを窒素ガスで置換した。反応容器内を70℃に加熱して、3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール6質量部を添加して、さらにAIBN(アゾビスイソブチロニトリル)0.12質量部を加え、12時間反応させた。固形分測定により95%が反応したことを確認した。次に、ピロメリット酸無水物9.7質量部、PGMEA70.3質量部、触媒としてDBU(1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン)0.20質量部を追加し、120℃で7時間反応させた。酸価の測定で98%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認し反応を終了させ、酸価43mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9000の樹脂P-3を得た。
P-3: Resin synthesized by the following method 50 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 30 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, 20 parts by mass of t-butyl methacrylate, and 45.4 parts by mass of PGMEA were charged into a reaction vessel, and the atmosphere was replaced with nitrogen gas. Replaced. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 70°C, 6 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol was added, and further 0.12 parts by mass of AIBN (azobisisobutyronitrile) was added, followed by reaction for 12 hours. I let it happen. It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted. Next, 9.7 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 70.3 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 0.20 parts by mass of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene) as a catalyst were added. , and reacted at 120°C for 7 hours. After measuring the acid value, it was confirmed that 98% or more of the acid anhydride had been half-esterified, and the reaction was terminated to obtain a resin P-3 having an acid value of 43 mgKOH/g and a weight average molecular weight of 9,000.
 P-4:以下の方法で合成した樹脂
 樹脂P-3の合成において、t-ブチルメタクリレート20質量部を、(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メチルメタクリレートに変更した以外は同様にして、酸価43mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9000の樹脂P-4を得た。
P-4: Resin synthesized by the following method In the synthesis of resin P-3, acid Resin P-4 having a value of 43 mgKOH/g and a weight average molecular weight of 9,000 was obtained.
 P-5:以下の方法で合成した樹脂
 樹脂P-3の合成において、t-ブチルメタクリレート20質量部を、昭和電工製「カレンズMOI-BM」に変更した以外は同様にして、酸価43mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量9000の樹脂P-5を得た。
P-5: Resin synthesized by the following method Resin P-3 was synthesized in the same manner except that 20 parts by mass of t-butyl methacrylate was changed to "Karens MOI-BM" manufactured by Showa Denko, and the acid value was 43 mgKOH/ Resin P-5 having a weight average molecular weight of 9,000 was obtained.
 P-6:以下の方法で合成した樹脂
 3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール6.0質量部、ピロメリット酸無水物9.5質量部、PGMEA62質量部、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン0.2質量部を反応容器に仕込み、雰囲気ガスを窒素ガスで置換した。反応容器内を100℃に加熱して、7時間反応させた。酸価の測定で98%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認した後、系内の温度を70℃に冷却し、メチルメタクリレート65質量部、エチルアクリレート5.0質量部、t-ブチルアクリレート15質量部、メタクリル酸5.0質量部、ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート10質量部、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.1質量部を溶解したPGMEA溶液53.5質量部を添加して、10時間反応させた。固形分測定により重合が95%進行したことを確認し反応を終了させて、酸価70.5mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量10000の樹脂P-6を得た。
P-6: Resin synthesized by the following method 6.0 parts by mass of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol, 9.5 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 62 parts by mass of PGMEA, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5 .4.0]-7-undecene was charged into a reaction vessel, and the atmospheric gas was replaced with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 100° C. and reacted for 7 hours. After confirming that 98% or more of the acid anhydride was half-esterified by measuring the acid value, the temperature in the system was cooled to 70°C, and 65 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 5.0 parts by mass of ethyl acrylate, and t - Add 53.5 parts by mass of a PGMEA solution in which 15 parts by mass of butyl acrylate, 5.0 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 10 parts by mass of hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 0.1 part by mass of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile are dissolved. The mixture was reacted for 10 hours. After confirming that 95% of the polymerization had progressed by solid content measurement, the reaction was terminated to obtain resin P-6 having an acid value of 70.5 mgKOH/g and a weight average molecular weight of 10,000.
 P-7:以下の方法で合成した樹脂
 1-チオグリセロール108質量部、ピロメリット酸無水物174質量部、メトキシプロピルアセテート650質量部、触媒としてモノブチルスズオキシド0.2質量部を反応容器に仕込み、雰囲気ガスを窒素ガスで置換した後、120℃で5時間反応させた(第一工程)。酸価の測定で95%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認した。次に、第一工程で得られた化合物を固形分換算で160質量部、2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート200質量部、エチルアクリレート200質量部、t-ブチルアクリレート150質量部、2-メトキシエチルアクリレート200質量部、メチルアクリレート200質量部、メタクリル酸50質量部、PGMEA663質量部を反応容器に仕込み、反応容器内を80℃に加熱して、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)1.2質量部を添加し、12時間反応させた(第二工程)。固形分測定により95%が反応したことを確認した。最後に、第二工程で得られた化合物の50質量%PGMEA溶液500質量部、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート(MOI)27.0質量部、ヒドロキノン0.1質量部を反応容器に仕込み、イソシアネート基に基づく2270cm-1のピークの消失を確認するまで反応を行った(第三工程)。ピーク消失の確認後、反応溶液を冷却して、酸価68mgKOH/g、不飽和二重結合価0.62mmol/g、重量平均分子量13000の樹脂P-7を得た。
 P-8:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量20000。
 P-9:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量18000。
 P-10:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量22000。
P-7: Resin synthesized by the following method 108 parts by mass of 1-thioglycerol, 174 parts by mass of pyromellitic anhydride, 650 parts by mass of methoxypropyl acetate, and 0.2 parts by mass of monobutyltin oxide as a catalyst were charged into a reaction vessel. After replacing the atmospheric gas with nitrogen gas, the reaction was carried out at 120° C. for 5 hours (first step). Acid value measurement confirmed that 95% or more of the acid anhydride was half-esterified. Next, 160 parts by mass of the compound obtained in the first step in terms of solid content, 200 parts by mass of 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 200 parts by mass of ethyl acrylate, 150 parts by mass of t-butyl acrylate, and 200 parts by mass of 2-methoxyethyl acrylate. 1 part, 200 parts by mass of methyl acrylate, 50 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, and 663 parts by mass of PGMEA were charged into a reaction vessel, and the inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 80°C to produce 1 part of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile). .2 parts by mass was added and reacted for 12 hours (second step). It was confirmed by solid content measurement that 95% had reacted. Finally, 500 parts by mass of a 50% by mass PGMEA solution of the compound obtained in the second step, 27.0 parts by mass of 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (MOI), and 0.1 part by mass of hydroquinone were charged into a reaction vessel to form an isocyanate group. The reaction was carried out until the disappearance of the peak at 2270 cm −1 based on the above was confirmed (third step). After confirming that the peak had disappeared, the reaction solution was cooled to obtain resin P-7 having an acid value of 68 mgKOH/g, an unsaturated double bond value of 0.62 mmol/g, and a weight average molecular weight of 13,000.
P-8: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 20,000.
P-9: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 18,000.
P-10: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 22,000.
 P-11:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量22900。
 P-12:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値は質量比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量18000
 P-13:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値は質量比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量18000
 P-14:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値は質量比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量18000
 P-15:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値は質量比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量20000
 P-16:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値は質量比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量23000
 P-17:下記構造の樹脂。主鎖に付記した数値は質量比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。重量平均分子量25000
P-11: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 22,900.
P-12: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 18000
P-13: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 18000
P-14: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 18000
P-15: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 20000
P-16: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 23000
P-17: Resin with the following structure. The numerical value appended to the main chain is the mass ratio, and the numerical value appended to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Weight average molecular weight 25000
(溶剤)
 溶剤1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
 溶剤2:シクロペンタノン
 溶剤3:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル
(solvent)
Solvent 1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Solvent 2: Cyclopentanone Solvent 3: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether
<樹脂組成物の製造>
 各素材を、以下に示す処方1~12の割合で混合し、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して各樹脂組成物を製造した。
<Manufacture of resin composition>
Each material was mixed in the proportions of formulations 1 to 12 shown below and filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm to produce each resin composition.
 顔料分散液:下記表に記載の種類の顔料分散液
 重合性化合物1:KAYARAD DPHA(日本化薬(株)製、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートの混合物)
 光重合開始剤1:Irgacure OXE02(BASF社製、オキシム化合物)
 界面活性剤1:KF6000(信越化学工業(株)製、両末端カルビノール変性ポリジメチルシロキサン、水酸基価120mgKOH/g、シリコーン系界面活性剤)
 重合禁止剤1:p-メトキシフェノール
 溶剤1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
 溶剤2:シクロペンタノン
 溶剤3:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル
Pigment dispersion: Pigment dispersion of the type listed in the table below Polymerizable compound 1: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate)
Photoinitiator 1: Irgacure OXE02 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound)
Surfactant 1: KF6000 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., polydimethylsiloxane modified with carbinol at both ends, hydroxyl value 120 mgKOH/g, silicone surfactant)
Polymerization inhibitor 1: p-methoxyphenol Solvent 1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Solvent 2: cyclopentanone Solvent 3: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether
<性能評価>
(保存安定性)
 実施例1~175、比較例1、2の樹脂組成物の粘度(mPa・s)を、粘度計(RE-85L、東機産業(株)製)を用いて測定した。上記測定後、樹脂組成物を45℃、遮光、5日間の条件にて静置し、再度粘度(mPa・s)を測定した。上記静置前後での粘度差(ΔVis)から下記評価基準に従って保存安定性を評価した。粘度差(ΔVis)の数値が小さいほど、樹脂組成物の保存安定性が良好であるといえる。上記粘度測定は、いずれも、温湿度を22±5℃、60±20%に管理した実験室で、樹脂組成物の温度を25℃に調整した状態で測定した。いずれの測定も3回測定を行い、平均値を用いた。
 A:ΔVisが0.2mPa・s以下であった
 B:ΔVisが0.2mPa・sを超え、0.3mPa・s以下であった
 C:ΔVisが0.3mPa・sを超え、0.5mPa・s以下であった
 D:ΔVisが0.5mPa・sを超えた
<Performance evaluation>
(Storage stability)
The viscosity (mPa·s) of the resin compositions of Examples 1 to 175 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 was measured using a viscometer (RE-85L, manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.). After the above measurement, the resin composition was allowed to stand at 45° C. and shielded from light for 5 days, and the viscosity (mPa·s) was measured again. The storage stability was evaluated based on the viscosity difference (ΔVis) before and after the above-mentioned standing in accordance with the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that the smaller the value of the viscosity difference (ΔVis), the better the storage stability of the resin composition. The above viscosity measurements were all performed in a laboratory where the temperature and humidity were controlled at 22±5°C and 60±20%, with the temperature of the resin composition adjusted to 25°C. All measurements were performed three times and the average value was used.
A: ΔVis was 0.2 mPa・s or less B: ΔVis exceeded 0.2 mPa・s and was 0.3 mPa・s or less C: ΔVis exceeded 0.3 mPa・s and was 0.5 mPa・s D: ΔVis exceeded 0.5 mPa・s
(粗大粒子)
 ガラス基板上に、下地層形成用組成物(CT-4000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)をポストベーク後に厚さが0.1μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で300秒間加熱して下地層を形成し、下地層付ガラス基板(支持体)を得た。この下地層付きのガラス基板上に、実施例1~175、比較例1、2の樹脂組成物をスピンコート法で塗布し、その後、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱して、膜厚0.5μmの膜を形成した。この膜に含まれる異物を、異物評価装置(コンプラスIII、アプライドマテリアルズ社製)にて検出し、検出された全ての異物から、最大幅1.0μm以上の異物(粗大粒子)を目視で分類し、分類された最大幅1.0μm以上の粗大粒子の個数(1cmあたりの粗大粒子の個数)をカウントした。
 A:膜1cmあたりの粗大粒子の個数が10個未満である
 B:膜1cmあたりの粗大粒子の個数が10個以上30個未満である
 C:膜1cmあたりの粗大粒子の個数が30個以上100個未満である
 D:膜1cmあたりの粗大粒子の個数が100個以上である
(coarse particles)
A base layer forming composition (CT-4000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) was coated on a glass substrate using a spin coater to a thickness of 0.1 μm after post-baking, and coated on a hot plate. was heated at 220° C. for 300 seconds to form a base layer, thereby obtaining a glass substrate (support) with a base layer. The resin compositions of Examples 1 to 175 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were applied on the glass substrate with the base layer by spin coating, and then heated at 100°C for 2 minutes using a hot plate to form a film. A film with a thickness of 0.5 μm was formed. Foreign matter contained in this film is detected using a foreign matter evaluation device (Complas III, manufactured by Applied Materials), and foreign matter (coarse particles) with a maximum width of 1.0 μm or more are visually checked from all detected foreign matter. The particles were classified, and the number of classified coarse particles having a maximum width of 1.0 μm or more (number of coarse particles per 1 cm 2 ) was counted.
A: The number of coarse particles per 1 cm 2 of the membrane is less than 10. B: The number of coarse particles per 1 cm 2 of the membrane is 10 or more and less than 30. C: The number of coarse particles per 1 cm 2 of the membrane is 30. D: The number of coarse particles is 100 or more per 1cm2 of the membrane.
(分光変動)
 カラスウエハに、下地層形成用組成物(CT-4000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)をポストベーク後に厚さが0.1μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で300秒間加熱して下地層を形成し、下地層付ガラスウエハ(支持体)を得た。
 次いで、下記表の1種類目の欄に記載の樹脂組成物をポストベーク後の膜厚が1.0μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、365nmの波長光を1000mJ/cmの露光量で2μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して露光した。次いで、露光された塗布膜が形成されているガラスウェハをスピン・シャワー現像機(DW-30型、(株)ケミトロニクス製)の水平回転テーブル上に載置し、CD-2000(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)の60%希釈液を用いて23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行ったのち、ガラスウェハを真空チャック方式で水平回転テーブルに固定し、回転装置によってガラスウェハを回転数50rpmで回転させつつ、その回転中心の上方より純水を噴出ノズルからシャワー状に供給してリンス処理を行い、その後スプレー乾燥した。さらに、200℃のホットプレートを用いて480秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、1種類目のパターン(画素)を形成した。
 次いで、1種類目の画素が形成されたガラスウエハ上に、実施例1~175、比較例1、2の樹脂組成物をポストベーク後の膜厚が1.0μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間加熱処理(プリベーク)を行い、1種類目の画素上に、
実施例1~175、比較例1、2の樹脂組成物を用いて形成した樹脂組成物層(2種類目の樹脂組成物層)が形成された積層フィルタを得た。次いで、得られた積層フィルタを1層目の画素の形成と同様にして、現像、リンスおよび乾燥処理を施して、1種類目の画素上に形成した2種類目の樹脂組成物層を現像除去した。2種類目の樹脂組成物層を形成前の1種類目の画素および2種類目の樹脂組成物層の現像除去後の1種類目の画素の透過率をMCPD-3000(大塚電子(株)製)を使用して測定して透過率の変動量の最大値(ΔT%max)を求め、以下の基準で分光変動を評価した。
 透過率の変動量=|2種類目の樹脂組成物層を形成前の1種類目の画素の透過率-2種類目の樹脂組成物層の現像除去後の1種類目の画素の透過率|
ΔT%maxが小さいほど、1種類目の画素の分光変動が発生しにくいことを意味する。
 A:ΔT%maxが1.5%以下である
 B:ΔT%maxが1.5%より大きく2.0%以下である
 C:ΔT%maxが2.0%より大きく2.5%以下である
 D:ΔT%maxが2.5%より大きい
(spectral variation)
A base layer forming composition (CT-4000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to a glass wafer using a spin coater to a thickness of 0.1 μm after post-baking, and then using a hot plate. A base layer was formed by heating at 220° C. for 300 seconds to obtain a glass wafer (support) with a base layer.
Next, the resin composition described in the first type column of the table below was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking was 1.0 μm. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the film was exposed to light with a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure dose of 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask with a 2 μm square dot pattern. Next, the glass wafer on which the exposed coating film has been formed is placed on the horizontal rotary table of a spin shower developing machine (Model DW-30, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), After puddle development was performed at 23°C for 60 seconds using a 60% diluted solution (manufactured by Materials Co., Ltd.), the glass wafer was fixed on a horizontal rotating table using a vacuum chuck method, and the glass wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 50 rpm using a rotating device. While rotating, pure water was supplied in a shower form from a jet nozzle above the center of rotation for rinsing treatment, followed by spray drying. Furthermore, heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 480 seconds using a 200° C. hot plate to form a first type of pattern (pixel).
Next, the resin compositions of Examples 1 to 175 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were coated on the glass wafer on which the first type of pixels were formed using a spin coater so that the film thickness after post-baking was 1.0 μm. Then, heat treatment (prebaking) was performed for 120 seconds using a 100°C hot plate, and the first type of pixel was coated with
A laminated filter was obtained in which a resin composition layer (a second type of resin composition layer) was formed using the resin compositions of Examples 1 to 175 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2. Next, the obtained multilayer filter is developed, rinsed, and dried in the same manner as the formation of the first layer of pixels, and the second type of resin composition layer formed on the first type of pixel is removed by development. did. The transmittance of the first type of pixel before forming the second type of resin composition layer and the first type of pixel after developing and removing the second type of resin composition layer was measured using MCPD-3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.). ) to determine the maximum value of transmittance variation (ΔT%max), and the spectral variation was evaluated based on the following criteria.
Amount of variation in transmittance = |Transmittance of the first type of pixel before forming the second type of resin composition layer - Transmittance of the first type of pixel after developing and removing the second type of resin composition layer |
The smaller ΔT%max means that the spectral fluctuation of the first type of pixel is less likely to occur.
A: ΔT%max is 1.5% or less B: ΔT%max is greater than 1.5% and less than 2.0% C: ΔT%max is greater than 2.0% and less than 2.5% Yes D: ΔT%max is greater than 2.5%
(現像性)
 8インチ(20.32cm)シリコンウエハに、下地層形成用組成物(CT-4000、富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)をポストベーク後に厚さが0.1μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、ホットプレートを用いて220℃で300秒間加熱して下地層を形成し、下地層付シリコンウエハ(支持体)を得た。次いで、各樹脂組成物をポストベーク後の膜厚が0.62μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、365nmの波長の光を1000mJ/cmの露光量で1.0μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して露光した。次いで、露光された塗布膜が形成されているシリコンウエハをスピン・シャワー現像機(DW-30型、(株)ケミトロニクス製)の水平回転テーブル上に載置し、CD-2000(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ(株)製)の60%希釈液を用いて23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行ったのち、シリコンウエハを真空チャック方式で水平回転テーブルに固定し、回転装置によってシリコンウエハを回転数50rpmで回転させつつ、その回転中心の上方より純水を噴出ノズルからシャワー状に供給してリンス処理を行い、その後スプレー乾燥した。さらに、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行いパターン(画素)を形成した。
 画素が形成されたシリコンウエハについて、走査型電子顕微鏡(倍率10000倍)で観察し、下記評価基準に従って現像性を評価した。
 A:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)には、残渣がまったく確認されなかった
 B:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣がごくわずかに確認されたが、実用上問題のない程度であった
 C:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣がわずかに確認されたが、実用上問題のない程度であった
 D:画素の形成領域外(未露光部)に、残渣が著しく確認された
(Developability)
A base layer forming composition (CT-4000, manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied to an 8-inch (20.32 cm) silicon wafer using a spin coater so that the thickness became 0.1 μm after post-baking. The base layer was formed by coating the base layer and heating it for 300 seconds at 220° C. using a hot plate to obtain a silicon wafer (support) with the base layer. Next, each resin composition was applied by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking was 0.62 μm. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), light with a wavelength of 365 nm was exposed at an exposure dose of 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask with a 1.0 μm square dot pattern. Next, the silicon wafer on which the exposed coating film has been formed is placed on the horizontal rotary table of a spin shower developer (Model DW-30, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), After puddle development was performed at 23°C for 60 seconds using a 60% diluted solution (manufactured by Materials Co., Ltd.), the silicon wafer was fixed on a horizontal rotating table using a vacuum chuck method, and the silicon wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 50 rpm using a rotating device. While rotating, pure water was supplied in a shower form from a jet nozzle above the center of rotation for rinsing treatment, followed by spray drying. Further, a heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a 200° C. hot plate to form a pattern (pixel).
The silicon wafer on which pixels were formed was observed with a scanning electron microscope (magnification: 10,000 times), and the developability was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
A: No residue was observed outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area) B: A very small amount of residue was observed outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area), but this is not a practical problem. C: A slight amount of residue was observed outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area), but it was enough to cause no practical problems D: Outside the pixel formation area (unexposed area) , significant residue was observed.
 下記表に、各評価結果を示す。また、下記表において、樹脂組成物の全固形分中における色材の含有量の値を「色材の含有量」の欄に記載する。 The table below shows each evaluation result. In addition, in the table below, the value of the content of the coloring material in the total solid content of the resin composition is described in the column of "Content of coloring material".
 上記表に示すように、実施例の樹脂組成物は、保存安定性に優れていた。さらには、分光変動および現像性の評価についても優れていた。 As shown in the table above, the resin compositions of Examples had excellent storage stability. Furthermore, the evaluation of spectral fluctuation and developability was also excellent.
 実施例に記載の樹脂組成物から得られる膜は、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置に好適に用いることができる。 Films obtained from the resin compositions described in Examples can be suitably used for optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices.
 実施例6において、重合性化合物1を、以下に示す構造の化合物M-2またはM-3に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
In Example 6, similar effects were obtained even when polymerizable compound 1 was changed to compound M-2 or M-3 having the structure shown below.
 実施例6において、光重合開始剤1を、以下に示す構造の化合物I-2~I-5に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
In Example 6, similar effects were obtained even when the photopolymerization initiator 1 was changed to compounds I-2 to I-5 having the structures shown below.
 実施例6において、界面活性剤1を、以下に示す構造の化合物(重量平均分子量14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である、フッ素系界面活性剤)またはPolyFox PF6320(OMNOVA社製、フッ素系界面活性剤)に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
In Example 6, the surfactant 1 was a compound having the structure shown below (a fluorine-based surfactant with a weight average molecular weight of 14,000, and the numerical value of % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%) or PolyFox PF6320 (OMNOVA Co., Ltd.). Similar effects were obtained even when the fluorine-based surfactant was used.
 実施例6において、重合禁止剤1を、以下に示す構造の化合物H-2またはH-3に変更した場合であっても同様の効果が得られた。
In Example 6, similar effects were obtained even when the polymerization inhibitor 1 was changed to compound H-2 or H-3 having the structure shown below.

Claims (11)

  1.  顔料を含む色材と、
     樹脂と、
     式(1)で表される化合物であって、波長400~700nmの範囲のモル吸光係数の最大値が3000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であり、かつ、分子量が475以下である化合物と、
     を含む樹脂組成物;
     式(1)中、Aは酸基または塩基性基を含む基を表し、
     Xはウレア基、チオウレア基、ウレタン基、チオウレタン基またはアミド基を表し、
     Lはn価の基を表し、
     nは1~4の整数を表す。
    A coloring material containing a pigment,
    resin and
    A compound represented by formula (1), which has a maximum molar extinction coefficient of 3000 L·mol −1 ·cm −1 or less in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, and has a molecular weight of 475 or less. ,
    A resin composition comprising;
    In formula (1), A 1 represents a group containing an acid group or a basic group,
    X 1 represents a urea group, thiourea group, urethane group, thiourethane group or amide group,
    L 1 represents an n-valent group,
    n represents an integer from 1 to 4.
  2.  前記式(1)のXがウレア基である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein X1 in the formula (1) is a urea group.
  3.  前記式(1)のAは塩基性基を含む基である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein A 1 in the formula (1) is a group containing a basic group.
  4.  前記式(1)のAは式(A20)で表される基である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物;
     A20-L20-   ・・・(A20)
     式(A20)中、A20は塩基性基を表し、L20はアルキレン基を表す。
    The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein A 1 in the formula (1) is a group represented by the formula (A20);
    A20 - L20 -...(A20)
    In formula (A20), A 20 represents a basic group, and L 20 represents an alkylene group.
  5.  前記式(1)のnが1であり、
     Lが多環芳香族環基、炭素数2以上の脂肪族炭化水素基、または、電子求引性基もしくは電子供与性基を置換基として有する単環の芳香族炭化水素基である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。
    n in the formula (1) is 1,
    A claim in which L 1 is a polycyclic aromatic ring group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms, or a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having an electron-withdrawing group or an electron-donating group as a substituent. Item 2. The resin composition according to item 1 or 2.
  6.  前記式(1)のnが2~4の整数である、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein n in the formula (1) is an integer of 2 to 4.
  7.  前記顔料は、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、イソインドリン顔料、プテリジン顔料、キノフタロン顔料およびアゾ顔料からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the pigment includes at least one selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, isoindoline pigments, pteridine pigments, quinophthalone pigments, and azo pigments.
  8.  請求項1または2に記載の樹脂組成物を用いて得られる膜。 A film obtained using the resin composition according to claim 1 or 2.
  9.  請求項8に記載の膜を含む光学フィルタ。 An optical filter comprising the film according to claim 8.
  10.  請求項8に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to claim 8.
  11.  請求項8に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。 An image display device comprising the film according to claim 8.
PCT/JP2023/020455 2022-06-13 2023-06-01 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device WO2023243414A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022094780 2022-06-13
JP2022-094780 2022-06-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023243414A1 true WO2023243414A1 (en) 2023-12-21

Family

ID=89191021

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/020455 WO2023243414A1 (en) 2022-06-13 2023-06-01 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202400666A (en)
WO (1) WO2023243414A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117736127A (en) * 2024-02-20 2024-03-22 广饶六合化工有限公司 Preparation process of temperature-resistant and shear-resistant fracturing fluid tackifier

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003238842A (en) * 2002-02-15 2003-08-27 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Pigment dispersed composition
JP2016133604A (en) * 2015-01-19 2016-07-25 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Colored composition for color filter and color filter
WO2017164161A1 (en) * 2016-03-25 2017-09-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, solid state image sensor and image display device
WO2021002237A1 (en) * 2019-07-03 2021-01-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003238842A (en) * 2002-02-15 2003-08-27 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Pigment dispersed composition
JP2016133604A (en) * 2015-01-19 2016-07-25 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Colored composition for color filter and color filter
WO2017164161A1 (en) * 2016-03-25 2017-09-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, solid state image sensor and image display device
WO2021002237A1 (en) * 2019-07-03 2021-01-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117736127A (en) * 2024-02-20 2024-03-22 广饶六合化工有限公司 Preparation process of temperature-resistant and shear-resistant fracturing fluid tackifier
CN117736127B (en) * 2024-02-20 2024-04-26 广饶六合化工有限公司 Preparation process of temperature-resistant and shear-resistant fracturing fluid tackifier

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202400666A (en) 2024-01-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7399268B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
JP2024009929A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP2024014989A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2022202204A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023243414A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2024040152A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, and solid-state imaging element
JP2024012409A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and asymmetric diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
WO2023085072A1 (en) Colored curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
JP7383146B2 (en) Photosensitive compositions, films, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
WO2022168742A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2022168741A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2022168743A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2021166858A1 (en) Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
JP7403662B2 (en) Resin compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
JP7389900B2 (en) Magenta photosensitive resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7344379B2 (en) Resin compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
WO2023182018A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2024057998A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorbing agent
WO2023176609A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023210428A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023228791A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2023204062A1 (en) Resin composition, method for producing resin composition, pigment derivative, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2023204046A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2023149272A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024014300A1 (en) Resin composition, method for producing resin composition, pigment derivative, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23823707

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1